linux/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
<<
>>
Prefs
   1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
   2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
   3/*
   4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
   5 *
   6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
   7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
   8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
   9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
  10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
  11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
  12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
  13 * Copyright 2015-2017  Intel Deutschland GmbH
  14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation
  15 *
  16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
  17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
  18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
  19 *
  20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
  21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
  22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
  23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
  24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
  25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
  26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
  27 *
  28 */
  29
  30/*
  31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
  32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
  33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
  34 *
  35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
  36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
  37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
  38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
  39 * can actually be identified and removed.
  40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
  41 */
  42
  43#include <linux/types.h>
  44
  45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
  46
  47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG          "config"
  48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN            "scan"
  49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG             "regulatory"
  50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME            "mlme"
  51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR          "vendor"
  52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN             "nan"
  53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE        "testmode"
  54
  55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN      4
  56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX      15
  57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN       1
  58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX       0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
  59
  60/**
  61 * DOC: Station handling
  62 *
  63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
  64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
  65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
  66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
  67 * to.
  68 *
  69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
  70 * capabilities.
  71 *
  72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
  73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
  74 *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
  75 *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
  76 *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
  77 *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
  78 *    time mark it authorized.
  79 *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
  80 *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
  81 *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
  82 *
  83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
  84 */
  85
  86/**
  87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
  88 *
  89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
  90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
  91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
  92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
  93 * for various reasons.
  94 *
  95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
  96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
  97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
  98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
  99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
 101 * for doing that.
 102 *
 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
 106 *
 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
 108 *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
 109 *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
 110 *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
 111 *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
 112 *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
 113 *
 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
 118 *
 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
 120 * below.
 121 */
 122
 123/**
 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
 125 *
 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
 130 *
 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
 133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
 134 *
 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
 142 *
 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
 151 *
 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
 153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
 154 */
 155
 156/**
 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
 158 *
 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
 162 * and power consumption.
 163 *
 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
 167 * following events occur.
 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
 172 *
 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
 174 * rule.
 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
 178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
 179 */
 180
 181/**
 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
 183 *
 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
 191 *
 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
 198 * not present.
 199 *
 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
 207 *
 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
 211 */
 212
 213/**
 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
 215 *
 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
 223 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
 224 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
 225 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
 226 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
 231 *
 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
 234 * up a connection or after roaming.
 235 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
 236 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
 237 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
 238 *      %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
 241 *
 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
 249 */
 250
 251/**
 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
 253 *
 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
 258 *
 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
 261 * respectively.
 262 */
 263
 264/**
 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
 266 *
 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
 273 * that main netdev.
 274 *
 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
 278 */
 279
 280/**
 281 * DOC: TID configuration
 282 *
 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
 285 *
 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
 289 *
 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if
 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values
 295 * will be overwritten.
 296 *
 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection
 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
 300 * the interface goes down.
 301 */
 302
 303/**
 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
 305 *
 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
 307 *
 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
 313 *
 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
 318 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
 319 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
 320 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
 321 *                      (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
 322 *
 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
 324 */
 325
 326/**
 327 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
 328 *
 329 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
 330 *
 331 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
 332 *      to get a list of all present wiphys.
 333 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
 334 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
 335 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
 336 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
 337 *      channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
 338 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
 339 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
 340 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.  However, for setting the channel,
 341 *      see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
 342 *      compatibility only.
 343 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
 344 *      or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
 345 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 346 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
 347 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 348 *
 349 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
 350 *      either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
 351 *      single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
 352 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
 353 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
 354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
 355 *      to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
 356 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
 357 *      be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
 358 *      then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
 359 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
 360 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
 361 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
 362 *      userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
 363 *      attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
 364 *      enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
 365 *      and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
 366 *      the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
 367 *
 368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
 369 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 370 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
 371 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
 372 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
 373 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
 374 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
 375 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
 376 *      or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 377 *
 378 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
 379 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
 380 *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
 381 *      attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
 382 *      internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
 383 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
 384 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
 385 *      are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
 386 *      do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
 387 *      %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 388 *      %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
 389 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
 390 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
 391 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
 392 *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
 393 *      The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
 394 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
 395 *      attributes determining channel width.
 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
 397 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
 398 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
 399 *
 400 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
 401 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 402 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
 403 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 404 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
 405 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 406 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 407 *      or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
 408 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
 409 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
 410 *      of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
 411 *      (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
 412 *      frame).
 413 *
 414 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 415 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 416 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 417 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 418 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 419 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 420 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
 421 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
 422 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
 423 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
 425 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 427 *      or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
 428 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 429 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
 430 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 431 *
 432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
 433 *      regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
 434 *      has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
 435 *      global regdomain will be returned.
 436 *      A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
 437 *      regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
 438 *      information will still be mended according to further hints from
 439 *      the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
 440 *      is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
 441 *      all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
 442 *      If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
 443 *      its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
 444 *      core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
 445 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
 446 *      after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
 447 *      domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
 448 *      current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
 449 *      NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
 450 *      regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
 451 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
 452 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
 453 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
 454 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
 455 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
 456 *      to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
 457 *      store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
 458 *
 459 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
 460 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 461 *
 462 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
 463 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 464 *
 465 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
 466 *      interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
 467 *      frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
 468 *      added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
 469 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
 470 *      added to all specified management frames generated by
 471 *      kernel/firmware/driver.
 472 *      Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
 473 *      point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
 474 *      command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
 475 *      option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
 476 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
 477 *      NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
 478 *
 479 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
 480 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
 481 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 482 *      probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
 483 *      specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
 484 *      be used.
 485 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
 486 *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
 487 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
 488 *      partial scan results may be available
 489 *
 490 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
 491 *      intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
 492 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
 493 *      not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
 494 *      scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
 495 *      These attributes are mutually exculsive,
 496 *      i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
 497 *      NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
 498 *      If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
 499 *      plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
 500 *      Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
 501 *      are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
 502 *      broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
 503 *      string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
 504 *      a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
 505 *      if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
 506 *      passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
 507 *      are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
 508 *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
 509 *      scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
 510 *      is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
 511 *      scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
 512 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
 513 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
 514 *      scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
 515 *      as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
 516 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
 517 *      results available.
 518 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
 519 *      stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
 520 *      scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
 521 *      does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
 522 *      a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
 523 *      %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
 524 *      is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
 525 *
 526 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
 527 *      or noise level
 528 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
 529 *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
 530 *
 531 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 532 *      (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 533 *      (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
 534 *      using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
 535 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
 536 *      authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
 537 *      advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
 538 *      ESS.
 539 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 540 *      (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 541 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
 542 *      authentication.
 543 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
 544 *
 545 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
 546 *      has been changed and provides details of the request information
 547 *      that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
 548 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
 549 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
 550 *      the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
 551 *      %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
 552 *      set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
 553 *      %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
 554 *      to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
 555 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
 556 *      has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
 557 *      any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
 558 *      where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
 559 *      if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
 560 *      driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
 561 *      doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
 562 *      on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
 563 *      or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
 564 *      never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
 565 *      enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
 566 *      either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
 567 *      userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
 568 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
 569 *      before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
 570 *      the beacon hint was processed.
 571 *
 572 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
 573 *      This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
 574 *      as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
 575 *      authentication process.
 576 *      When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
 577 *      interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
 578 *      BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
 579 *      the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
 580 *      request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
 581 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the
 582 *      channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
 583 *      authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
 584 *      (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
 585 *      to the frame.
 586 *      When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
 587 *      frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
 588 *      frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
 589 *      state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
 590 *      MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
 591 *      included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
 592 *      (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
 593 *      also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
 594 *      case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
 595 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
 596 *      pending authentication timed out).
 597 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
 598 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
 599 *      (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
 600 *      MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
 601 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
 602 *      request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
 603 *      included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
 604 *      included).
 605 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
 606 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
 607 *      MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
 608 *      primitives).
 609 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
 610 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
 611 *      MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
 612 *
 613 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
 614 *      MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
 615 *      event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
 616 *      the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
 617 *      type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
 618 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
 619 *      event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
 620 *
 621 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
 622 *      FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
 623 *      and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
 624 *      should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
 625 *      executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
 626 *      may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
 627 *      given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
 628 *      given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
 629 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
 630 *      determined by the network interface.
 631 *
 632 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
 633 *      to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
 634 *      to the driver.
 635 *
 636 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
 637 *      requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
 638 *      auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
 639 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
 640 *      IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
 641 *      %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
 642 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
 643 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
 644 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
 645 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
 646 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
 647 *      If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
 648 *      restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
 649 *      within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
 650 *      can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
 651 *      allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
 652 *      ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
 653 *      set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
 654 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
 655 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
 656 *      Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
 657 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
 658 *      included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
 659 *      space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
 660 *      up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
 661 *      userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
 662 *      driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
 663 *      has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
 664 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
 665 *      the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
 666 *      a different BSS is desired.
 667 *      Background scan period can optionally be
 668 *      specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
 669 *      if not specified default background scan configuration
 670 *      in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
 671 *      This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
 672 *      It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
 673 *      connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
 674 *      determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
 675 *      non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
 676 *      event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
 677 *      authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
 678 *      Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
 679 *      well to remain backwards compatible.
 680 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
 681 *      When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
 682 *      fast transition, this event should be followed by an
 683 *      %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
 684 *      Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
 685 *      %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
 686 *      new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
 687 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
 688 *      userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
 689 *      reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
 690 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
 691 *
 692 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
 693 *      associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
 694 *
 695 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
 696 *      channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
 697 *      off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
 698 *      a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
 699 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
 700 *      radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
 701 *      frequency for the operation.
 702 *      %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
 703 *      to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
 704 *      notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
 705 *      driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
 706 *      radio).
 707 *      When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
 708 *      that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
 709 *      the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
 710 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
 711 *      pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
 712 *      completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
 713 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
 714 *      radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
 715 *      uniquely identify the request.
 716 *      This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
 717 *      remain-on-channel duration has expired.
 718 *
 719 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
 720 *      rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
 721 *      and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
 722 *
 723 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
 724 *      (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
 725 *      requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
 726 *      backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
 727 *      and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
 728 *      that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
 729 *      four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
 730 *      cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
 731 *      socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
 732 *      The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
 733 *      %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
 734 *      case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
 735 *      flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
 736 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
 737 *      backward compatibility
 738 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
 739 *      command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
 740 *      as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
 741 *      kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
 742 *      user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
 743 *      frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
 744 *      to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
 745 *      received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
 746 *      or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
 747 *      and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
 748 *      specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
 749 *      returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
 750 *      TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
 751 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 752 *      management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
 753 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
 754 *      counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
 755 *      is used during CSA period.
 756 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
 757 *      command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
 758 *      time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.  This command is
 759 *      also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
 760 *      wait time.
 761 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
 762 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
 763 *      transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
 764 *      the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
 765 *      frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
 766 *      the frame.
 767 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
 768 *      backward compatibility.
 769 *
 770 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 771 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 772 *
 773 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
 774 *      is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
 775 *      levels.
 776 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
 777 *      command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
 778 *      reached.
 779 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 780 *      and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
 781 *      (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
 782 *      In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
 783 *      with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
 784 *      When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
 785 *      no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
 786 *      of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
 787 *      precedence when they are used.
 788 *
 789 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
 790 *      (no longer supported).
 791 *
 792 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
 793 *      multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
 794 *      with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
 795 *      will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
 796 *      MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
 797 *      break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
 798 *      unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
 799 *      to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
 800 *      This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
 801 *      type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
 802 *      (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
 803 *      If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
 804 *      command, the feature is disabled.
 805 *
 806 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
 807 *      mesh config parameters may be given.
 808 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
 809 *      network is determined by the network interface.
 810 *
 811 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
 812 *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 813 *      deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 814 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
 815 *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 816 *      disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 817 *
 818 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
 819 *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
 820 *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
 821 *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
 822 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
 823 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
 824 *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
 825 *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
 826 *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
 827 *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
 828 *      depending on the authentication result.
 829 *
 830 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 831 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 832 *      Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
 833 *      various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
 834 *      command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
 835 *      more background information, see
 836 *      https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
 837 *      The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
 838 *      from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
 839 *      @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
 840 *      for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
 841 *      in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
 842 *      wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
 843 *
 844 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
 845 *      the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
 846 *      feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
 847 *      is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
 848 *      contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
 849 *      this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
 850 *      inform userspace of the new replay counter.
 851 *
 852 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
 853 *      of PMKSA caching dandidates.
 854 *
 855 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
 856 *      In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
 857 *      actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
 858 *      In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
 859 *      operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
 860 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
 861 *      %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
 862 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
 863 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
 864 *      sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
 865 *      802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
 866 *      8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
 867 *      supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
 868 *      and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
 869 *      &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
 870 *
 871 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
 872 *      (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
 873 *      implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
 874 *      frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
 875 *      is received.
 876 *      For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
 877 *      other attributes like the interface index are present.
 878 *      If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
 879 *      only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
 880 *      is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
 881 *
 882 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
 883 *      associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
 884 *      and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
 885 *      to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
 886 *
 887 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
 888 *      by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
 889 *      acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
 890 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
 891 *      direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
 892 *      up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
 893 *      has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
 894 *
 895 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
 896 *      other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
 897 *      OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
 898 *      messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
 899 *
 900 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
 901 *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
 902 *
 903 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
 904 *      independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
 905 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
 906 *      attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
 907 *      sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
 908 *      from the remote AP) is completed;
 909 *
 910 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
 911 *      has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
 912 *      (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
 913 *      initiated on our own).  It indicates that
 914 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 915 *      after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
 916 *      decide to react to this indication by requesting other
 917 *      interfaces to change channel as well.
 918 *
 919 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
 920 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
 921 *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
 922 *      P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
 923 *      public action frame TX.
 924 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
 925 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
 926 *
 927 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
 928 *      notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
 929 *      station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
 930 *      is used for this.
 931 *
 932 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
 933 *      for IBSS or MESH vif.
 934 *
 935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
 936 *      This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
 937 *      address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
 938 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
 939 *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
 940 *      is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
 941 *      will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
 942 *      command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
 943 *      ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
 944 *
 945 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
 946 *      a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
 947 *      or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
 948 *      this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
 949 *      while operating on this channel.
 950 *      %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
 951 *      event.
 952 *
 953 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
 954 *      i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
 955 *      Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
 956 *
 957 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
 958 *      Information Element to the WLAN driver
 959 *
 960 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
 961 *      to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
 962 *      with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
 963 *      received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
 964 *
 965 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
 966 *      a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
 967 *      complete.
 968 *
 969 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
 970 *      return back to normal.
 971 *
 972 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
 973 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
 974 *
 975 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
 976 *      new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
 977 *      in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
 978 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
 979 *      new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
 980 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
 981 *      width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
 982 *      other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
 983 *      switch is complete.
 984 *
 985 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
 986 *      by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
 987 *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
 988 *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
 989 *      For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
 990 *      used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
 991 *      (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
 992 *      This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
 993 *
 994 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
 995 *      The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
 996 *      that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
 997 *      QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
 998 *      association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
 999 *
1000 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1001 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1002 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1003 *      Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1004 *      userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1005 *      up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1006 *      If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1007 *      if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1008 *      avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1009 *      make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1010 *      fail even if the check was successful.
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1012 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1013 *      before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1014 *      or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1015 *
1016 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1017 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1018 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1019 *
1020 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1021 *      bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1022 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1023 *      network is determined by the network interface.
1024 *
1025 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1026 *      identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1027 *      provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1028 *      channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1029 *      %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1030 *      The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1031 *      operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1032 *      AP.
1033 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1034 *      peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1035 *      when this command completes.
1036 *
1037 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1038 *      as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1039 *      management.
1040 *
1041 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1042 *      not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1043 *      cfg80211_scan_done().
1044 *
1045 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1046 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1047 *      previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1048 *      has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1049 *      cluster. This command must have a valid
1050 *      %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1051 *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1052 *      omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1053 *      decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
1054 *      added.
1055 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1056 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1058 *      with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1059 *      operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1060 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1061 *      of the function upon success.
1062 *      Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1063 *      way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1064 *      event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1065 *      function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1066 *      which just terminated.
1067 *      This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1068 *      returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1069 *      the response to this command.
1070 *      Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1071 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1072 *      This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1073 *      terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1074 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1075 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1076 *      configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1077 *      was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
1078 *      attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1079 *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1080 *      current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
1081 *      set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1082 *      (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1083 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1084 *      This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1085 *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1086 *
1087 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1088 *      for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1089 *      BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1090 *      does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1091 *      only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1092 *
1093 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1094 *      for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1095 *      When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1096 *      PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1097 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1098 *      configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1099 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1100 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was
1101 *      completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload
1102 *      should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with
1103 *      %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
1104 *      should be indicated instead.
1105 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1106 *      and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1107 *      a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1108 *      has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1109 *      frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1110 *      802.11 headers.
1111 *      When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1112 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1113 *      indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1114 *      was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1115 *
1116 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1117 *
1118 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1119 *      drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1120 *      association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1121 *      This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1122 *      to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1123 *      driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1124 *
1125 *      User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1126 *      trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1127 *      this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1128 *      space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1129 *      space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1130 *      further with the association after getting successful authentication
1131 *      status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1132 *      %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1133 *      command interface.
1134 *
1135 *      Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1136 *      user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1137 *      initiated the connection through the connect request.
1138 *
1139 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1140 *      ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1141 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1142 *      address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1143 *
1144 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1145 *      the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1146 *
1147 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1148 *      with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1149 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1150 *      randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1151 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1152 *      If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1153 *      A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1154 *      the netlink extended ack message.
1155 *
1156 *      To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1157 *
1158 *      Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1159 *      measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1160 *      become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1161 *      buffer size.
1162 *
1163 *      Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1164 *      multiple concurrent measurements.
1165 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1166 *      result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1167 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1168 *      the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1169 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1170 *
1171 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1172 *      detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1173 *      indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1174 *      determining the width and type.
1175 *
1176 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1177 *      offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1178 *      OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1179 *      on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1180 *
1181 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1182 *      refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1183 *      frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1184 *      primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1185 *      the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1186 *      form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1187 *      properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1188 *      regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1189 *      so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1190 *      rate selection.
1191 *
1192 *      Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1193 *      peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1194 *      content. The frame is ethernet data.
1195 *
1196 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1197 *      is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1198 *
1199 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1200 *      frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1201 *      dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1202 *      protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1203 *
1204 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1205 *      port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1206 *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1207 *      includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1208 *      if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1209 *
1210 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1211 *      passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1212 *      specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1213 *
1214 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1215 *      mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1216 *
1217 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1218 *      userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1219 *
1220 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1221 *      started
1222 *
1223 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1224 *      been aborted
1225 *
1226 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1227 *      has completed
1228 *
1229 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1230 *      &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1231 *      &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1232 *      &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1233 *              (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1234 *
1235 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1236 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1237 */
1238enum nl80211_commands {
1239/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1240        NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1241
1242        NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,          /* can dump */
1243        NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1244        NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1245        NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1246
1247        NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,      /* can dump */
1248        NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1249        NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1250        NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1251
1252        NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1253        NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1254        NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1255        NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1256
1257        NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1258        NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1259        NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1260        NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1261        NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1262        NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1263
1264        NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1265        NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1266        NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1267        NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1268
1269        NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1270        NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1271        NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1272        NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1273
1274        NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1275
1276        NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1277        NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1278
1279        NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1280        NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1281
1282        NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1283
1284        NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1285
1286        NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1287        NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1288        NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1289        NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1290
1291        NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1292
1293        NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1294        NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1295        NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1296        NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1297
1298        NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1299
1300        NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1301
1302        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1303        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1304
1305        NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1306
1307        NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1308        NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1309        NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1310
1311        NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1312
1313        NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1314        NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1315
1316        NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1317        NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1318        NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1319
1320        NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1321        NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1322
1323        NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1324
1325        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1326        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1327        NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1328        NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1329        NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1330        NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1331
1332        NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1333        NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1334
1335        NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1336        NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1337
1338        NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1339        NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1340
1341        NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1342
1343        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1344        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1345
1346        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1347        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1348
1349        NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1350
1351        NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1352        NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1353
1354        NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1355        NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1356        NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1357        NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1358
1359        NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1360
1361        NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1362
1363        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1364        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1365
1366        NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1367
1368        NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1369
1370        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1371
1372        NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1373
1374        NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1375
1376        NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1377
1378        NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1379        NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1380
1381        NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1382
1383        NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1384
1385        NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1386
1387        NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1388
1389        NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1390
1391        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1392        NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1393
1394        NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1395        NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1396
1397        NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1398        NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1399
1400        NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1401
1402        NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1403
1404        NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1405
1406        NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1407        NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1408
1409        NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1410
1411        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1412        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1413
1414        NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1415
1416        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1417        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1418
1419        NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1420
1421        NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1422
1423        NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1424        NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1425        NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1426        NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1427        NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1428        NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1429
1430        NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1431
1432        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1433
1434        NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1435        NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1436
1437        NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1438
1439        NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1440
1441        NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1442
1443        NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1444
1445        NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1446
1447        NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1448
1449        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1450        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1451        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1452
1453        NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1454
1455        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1456
1457        NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1458
1459        NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1460
1461        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1462
1463        NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1464
1465        NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1466
1467        NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1468
1469        NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1470
1471        NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1472        NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1473        NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1474
1475        NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1476
1477        /* add new commands above here */
1478
1479        /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1480        __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1481        NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1482};
1483
1484/*
1485 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1486 * here
1487 */
1488#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1489#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1490#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1491#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1492#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1493#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1494#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1495#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1496
1497#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1498
1499/* source-level API compatibility */
1500#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1501#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1502#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1503
1504/**
1505 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1506 *
1507 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1508 *
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1510 *      /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1514 *      defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1515 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1516 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1517 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1519 *      of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1520 *      documentation of the enum for more information.
1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1522 *      channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1523 *      operating channel center frequency.
1524 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1525 *      channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1527 *      if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1528 *      NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1529 *              this attribute)
1530 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1531 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1532 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1533 *      This attribute is now deprecated.
1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1535 *      less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1536 *      dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1537 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1538 *      greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1539 *      dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1541 *      length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1542 *      fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1543 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1544 *      larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1545 *      0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1547 *      section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1548 *
1549 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1552 *
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1554 *      that don't have a netdev (u64)
1555 *
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1557 *
1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1559 *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1560 *      keys
1561 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1563 *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1564 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1565 *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1568 *      default management key
1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1570 *      other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1572 *      other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1573 *
1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1575 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1577 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1578 *
1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1580 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1581 *      &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1583 *      IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1585 *      rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1586 *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1588 *      to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1590 *      given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1591 *      info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1592 *
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1594 *      consisting of a nested array.
1595 *
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1598 *      (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1601 *      info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1602 *      &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1603 *
1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1605 *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1606 *
1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1608 *      current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1609 *      For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1610 *      to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1611 *      also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1612 *      regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1613 *      IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1614 *      Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1615 *      to a specific alpha2.
1616 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1617 *      rules.
1618 *
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1620 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1621 *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1622 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1623 *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1625 *      rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1626 *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1627 *
1628 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1629 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1630 *
1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1632 *      supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1633 *      of the interface mode.
1634 *
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1636 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1637 *
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1639 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1640 *
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1642 *      a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1643 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1644 *      scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1646 *      that can be added to a scan request
1647 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1648 *      elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1650 *      used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1651 *
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1654 *      scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1656 *
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1658 *      currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1660 *      set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1661 *
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1663 *      an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1664 *      that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1665 *
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1667 *      and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1668 *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1671 *      represented as a u32
1672 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1673 *      %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1674 *
1675 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1676 *      a u32
1677 *
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1679 *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1680 *      the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1681 *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1682 *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1684 *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1685 *      the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1686 *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1687 *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1688 *
1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1690 *      cipher suites
1691 *
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1693 *      for other networks on different channels
1694 *
1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1696 *      is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1697 *
1698 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1699 *      used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1700 *      this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1701 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1702 *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1703 *      must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1704 *      Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1705 *      let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1706 *
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1708 *      &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1709 *
1710 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1711 *      IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1712 *      station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1713 *      request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1714 *      authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1715 *      default in station mode.
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1717 *      ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1718 *      specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1719 *      specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1720 *      attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1721 *      indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1723 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1724 *      ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1726 *      port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1727 *      will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1728 *      socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1729 *      control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1730 *      flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1731 *      using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1732 *      to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1733 *      flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1734 *      frames are not forwared over the control port.
1735 *
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1737 *      We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1738 *
1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1740 *      event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1741 *      a local disconnect request.
1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1743 *      event (u16)
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1745 *      that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1746 *      indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1747 *
1748 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1749 *      to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1750 *      (an array of u32).
1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1752 *      indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1753 *      u32).
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1755 *      indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1756 *      (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1758 *      indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1759 *      This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1760 *      indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1761 *      implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1762 *      the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1763 *      If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1764 *      assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1765 *
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1767 *      sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1769 *      sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1770 *
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1772 *      commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1773 *      Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1774 *      Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1775 *      used for the initial association to an ESS.
1776 *
1777 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1778 *      %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1780 *      and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1781 *      with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1782 *
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1784 *
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1786 *      dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1787 *      dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1788 *      obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1789 *      all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1790 *      changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1791 *      completely from scratch.
1792 *
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1794 *
1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1796 *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1797 *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1798 *
1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1801 *      cache, a wiphy attribute.
1802 *
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1805 *      specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1806 *      remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1807 *
1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1809 *
1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1811 *      (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1812 *      enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1813 *      data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1814 *      rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1815 *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1816 *      and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1817 *      specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1818 *      The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1819 *      features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1820 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1821 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1822 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1823 *
1824 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1825 *      at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1827 *      @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1829 *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1830 *      information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1831 *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1832 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1833 *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1834 *      information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1835 *
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1837 *      acknowledged by the recipient.
1838 *
1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1840 *
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1842 *      nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1843 *
1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1845 *      is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1846 *      invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1847 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1848 *      NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1849 *
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1851 *      connected to this BSS.
1852 *
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1854 *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1855 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1856 *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1857 *      for non-automatic settings.
1858 *
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1860 *      means support for per-station GTKs.
1861 *
1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1863 *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1864 *      not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1865 *      bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1866 *
1867 *      Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1868 *      bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1869 *      drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1870 *      a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1871 *      a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1872 *      HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1873 *      derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1874 *      Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1875 *      Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1876 *      support by returning -EINVAL.
1877 *
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1879 *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1880 *      not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1881 *      the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1882 *      For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1883 *
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1885 *      for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1886 *
1887 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1888 *      for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1889 *
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1891 *
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1893 *      transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1894 *      the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1895 *      flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1896 *      nl80211 capability flag.
1897 *
1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1899 *
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1901 *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1902 *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1903 *
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1905 *      changed once the mesh is active.
1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1907 *      containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1909 *      allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1910 *      the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1912 *      &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1913 *      management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1914 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1915 *
1916 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1917 *      capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1919 *      indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1920 *      used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1921 *      triggers.
1922 *
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1924 *      cycles, in msecs.
1925 *
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1927 *      sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1928 *      that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1929 *      pass-thru filter rules.
1930 *      For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1931 *      set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1932 *      attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1933 *      fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1934 *      able to ignore them by itself.
1935 *      Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1936 *      this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1937 *      needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1938 *      If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1939 *      the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1940 *      is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1941 *      will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1942 *      If omitted, no filtering is done.
1943 *
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1945 *      interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1946 *      defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1948 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1949 *      are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1950 *      any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1951 *
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1953 *      necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1954 *
1955 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1956 *      nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1957 *      being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1958 *      without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1959 *
1960 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1961 *      and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1962 *      &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1963 *
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1965 *      This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1966 *      provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1967 *      driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1969 *      Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1970 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1971 *      (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1972 *      (Re)Association Request frames.
1973 *
1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1975 *      of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1976 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1977 *      as AP.
1978 *
1979 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1980 *      roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1981 *
1982 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1983 *      candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1984 *
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1986 *      for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1987 *      frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1988 *      applications use this attribute.
1989 *      This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1990 *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1991 *
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1993 *      request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1994 *      described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1996 *      TDLS conversation between two devices.
1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1998 *      &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2000 *      as a TDLS peer sta.
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2002 *      procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2003 *      %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2004 *      used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2005 *
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2007 *      that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2008 *      with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2009 *      &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2010 *
2011 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2012 *      the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2013 *      it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2014 *      mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2015 *
2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2017 *      &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2019 *      requests while operating in AP-mode.
2020 *      This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2021 *      offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2022 *
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2024 *      probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2025 *      to be filled by the FW.
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2027 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2028 *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2029 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2030 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2031 *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2033 *      this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2034 *      Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2036 *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2037 *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2038 *      The values that may be configured are:
2039 *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2040 *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2041 *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2042 *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
2043 *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2044 *
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2046 *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2047 *    to one DFS region.
2048 *
2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2050 *      up to 16 TIDs.
2051 *
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2053 *      used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2054 *      to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2055 *      the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2056 *      capability to timeout the stations.
2057 *
2058 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2059 *      this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2060 *      received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2061 *
2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2063 *      or 0 to disable background scan.
2064 *
2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2066 *      userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2067 *      a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2068 *      was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2069 *      allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2070 *
2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2072 *      the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2073 *      enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2074 *
2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2076 *      This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2077 *      excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2078 *      Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2079 *      authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2080 *      the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2081 *      initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2082 *      Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2083 *      for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2084 *      consistent.
2085 *
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2087 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2088 *
2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2090 *
2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2092 *      the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2094 *      START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2095 *      if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2096 *      no change is made.
2097 *
2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2099 *      defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2100 *
2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2102 *      carried in a u32 attribute
2103 *
2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2105 *      MAC ACL.
2106 *
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2108 *      number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2109 *      ACL.
2110 *
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2112 *      contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2113 *
2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2115 *      has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2116 *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2118 *      has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2119 *
2120 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2121 *      the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2122 *
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2124 *      advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2125 *      and PU-APSD.
2126 *
2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2128 *      &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2129 *
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2131 *      receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2132 *      messages, given with wiphy dump message
2133 *
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2135 *
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2137 *      Element
2138 *
2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2140 *      reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2142 *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2143 *
2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2145 *      This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2146 *      allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2147 *      update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2148 *
2149 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2150 *
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2152 *      until the channel switch event.
2153 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2154 *      must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2155 *      operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2156 *      was requested by the AP.
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2158 *      for the time while performing a channel switch.
2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2160 *      switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2161 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2162 *      switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2163 *
2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2165 *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2166 *
2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2168 *
2169 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2170 *      operating classes.
2171 *
2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2173 *      controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2174 *      %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2175 *      channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2176 *      to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2177 *      IBSS network.
2178 *
2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2180 *      5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2181 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2182 *      10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2183 *
2184 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2185 *      Notification Element based on association request when used with
2186 *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2187 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2188 *      u8 attribute.
2189 *
2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2191 *      %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2193 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2194 *      attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2196 *      info, containing a nested array of possible events
2197 *
2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2199 *      data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2200 *      in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2201 *
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2203 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2204 *
2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2206 *      associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2207 *      Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2208 *      other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2209 *      advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2210 *      to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2211 *
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2213 *      should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2215 *      supported number of csa counters.
2216 *
2217 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2218 *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2219 *
2220 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2221 *      creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2222 *      that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2223 *      If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2224 *      owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2225 *      be stopped when the socket is closed.
2226 *      If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2227 *      regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2228 *      that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2229 *      cleared when the socket is closed.
2230 *      If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2231 *      if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2232 *      notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2233 *      attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2234 *      multicast group.
2235 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2236 *      station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2237 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2238 *      torn down when the socket is closed.
2239 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2240 *      automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2241 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2242 *      disabled when the socket is closed.
2243 *
2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2245 *      the TDLS link initiator.
2246 *
2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2248 *      shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2249 *      used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2250 *      User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2251 *      underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2252 *              %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2253 *              %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2254 *      Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2255 *              %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2256 *      If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2257 *      association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2258 *      flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2259 *
2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2261 *      estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2262 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2263 *      drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2264 *      setting valid value for coverage class.
2265 *
2266 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2269 *      (per second) (u16 attribute)
2270 *
2271 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2272 *      &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2273 *
2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2275 *
2276 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2277 *
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2279 *      is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2280 *      obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2281 *      cfg80211 regdomain.
2282 *
2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2284 *      array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2285 *      nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2286 *      least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2287 *      is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2288 *      of byte 3 (u8 array).
2289 *
2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2291 *      returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2292 *      may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2293 *      statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2294 *      For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2295 *      should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2296 *      over all channels.
2297 *
2298 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2299 *      scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2300 *      net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2301 *      system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2302
2303 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2304 *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2305 *
2306 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2307 *      scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2308 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2309 *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2311 *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2313 *      Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2314 *      between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2315 *      thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2316 *      between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2317 *      Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2318 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2319 *      in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2320 *      connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2321 *      a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2322 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2323 *      BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2324 *      attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2325 *      BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2326 *      it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2327 *      BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2328 *
2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2330 *      or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2331 *
2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2333 *
2334 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2335 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2336 *      %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2337 *      interface type.
2338 *
2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2340 *      groupID for monitor mode.
2341 *      The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2342 *      group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2343 *      each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2344 *      that group and 0 for not being a member.
2345 *      The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2346 *      each group.
2347 *      (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2348 *      group numbers on least significant bits.)
2349 *      This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2350 *      Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2351 *      groupID data.
2352 *      to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2354 *      when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2355 *      to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2356 *      (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2357 *
2358 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2359 *      started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2360 *      requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2361 *      attribute must not be included).
2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2363 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2364 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2365 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2366 *      maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2367 *      measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2368 *      if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2370 *      that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2371 *      mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2372 *      and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2373 *
2374 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2375 *      used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2376 *
2377 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2378 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2379 *      %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2380 *      Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2381 *      should not be used during a normal device operation.
2382 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2383 *      bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2384 *      nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2385 *      would be set.  This attribute is used with
2386 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2387 *      it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2388 *      the device will decide what to use.
2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2390 *      &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2391 *      attribute.
2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2393 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2394 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2395 *      protection.
2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2397 *      Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2398 *      STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2399 *
2400 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2401 *      packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2402 *
2403 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2404 *      used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2405 *
2406 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2407 *      other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2408 *      connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2409 *      This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2410 *      other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2411 *      the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2412 *      unnecessary wakeups.
2413 *
2414 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2415 *      the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2416 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2417 *      better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2418 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2419 *
2420 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2421 *      u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2422 *      e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2423 *
2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2425 *      username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2426 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2427 *
2428 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2429 *      of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2430 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2431 *
2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2433 *      to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2434 *      for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2435 *
2436 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2437 *      NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2438 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2439 *      from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2440 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2441 *
2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2443 *      identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2444 *      @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2445 *
2446 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2447 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2448 *      For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2449 *      PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2450 *      authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2451 *      support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2452 *      is included as well.
2453 *
2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2455 *      indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2456 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2457 *      scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2458 *
2459 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2460 *      in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2461 *      wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2462 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2464 *
2465 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2466 *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2467 *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2468 *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2470 *      space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2471 *      with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2472 *      may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2473 *      is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2474 *
2475 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2476 *      u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2477 *
2478 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2479 *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2480 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2481 *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2482 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2483 *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2484 *      enforced.
2485 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2486 *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2488 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2489 *      only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2490 *
2491 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2492 *      in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2493 *      measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2494 *      possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2495 *
2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2497 *      statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2498 *
2499 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2500 *      if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2501 *      invalid value.
2502 *
2503 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2504 *      data, uses nested attributes specified in
2505 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2506 *      This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2507 *      with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2508 *
2509 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2510 *      scheduler.
2511 *
2512 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2513 *      station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2514 *      possible values.
2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2516 *      allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2517 *      the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2518 *      should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2519 *      or per-station.
2520 *
2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2522 *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2523 *      SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2524 *
2525 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2526 *
2527 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2528 *      functionality.
2529 *
2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2531 *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2532 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2533 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2534 *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2535 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2536 *
2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2538 *      (u16).
2539 *
2540 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2541 *
2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2543 *      using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2544 *      attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2545 *      supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2546 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2547 *      advertised for a specific interface type.
2548 *
2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2550 *      nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2551 *      on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2552 *      attributes.
2553 *
2554 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2555 *      port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2556 *
2557 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2558 *      dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2559 *      An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2560 *      Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2561 *      configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2562 *      authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2563 *      where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2564 *      authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2565 *      authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2566 *      result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2567 *
2568 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2569 *      terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2570 *      (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2571 *      parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2572 *      driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2573 *      after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2574 *      has expired.
2575 *
2576 *      Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2577 *      entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2578 *      no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2579 *      disassociation is still forced.
2580 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2581 *      %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2582 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2583 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2584 *      an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2585 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2586 *      first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2587 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2588 *
2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2590 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2591 *
2592 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2593 *      discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2594 *      &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes.
2595 *
2596 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2597 *      unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2598 *      &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes.
2599 *
2600 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2601 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2602 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2603 *      override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2604 *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2605 *
2606 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2607 *      derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2608 *      This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2609 *      &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2610 *
2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2612 *      used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2613 *      of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2614 *      sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2615 *
2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2617 *      disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2618 *      is desired.
2619 *
2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2621 *      %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2622 *
2623 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2624 *      until the color switch event.
2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2626 *      switching to
2627 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2628 *      information for the time while performing a color switch.
2629 *
2630 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2631 *      advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2632 *      Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2633 *      and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2634 *      Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2635 *      parameters.
2636 *      See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2637 *
2638 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2639 *      Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2640 *      Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2641 *
2642 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2643 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2644 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2645 */
2646enum nl80211_attrs {
2647/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2648        NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2649
2650        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2651        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2652
2653        NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2654        NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2655        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2656
2657        NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2658
2659        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2660        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2661        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2662        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2663        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2664
2665        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2666        NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2667        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2668        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2669
2670        NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2671        NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2672        NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2673        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2674        NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2675        NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2676
2677        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2678
2679        NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2680
2681        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2682        NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2683        NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2684        NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2685
2686        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2687        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2688        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2689
2690        NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2691
2692        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2693
2694        NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2695        NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2696
2697        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2698
2699        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2700
2701        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2702        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2703        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2704
2705        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2706
2707        NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2708        NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2709
2710        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2711
2712        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2713        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2714        NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2715        NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2716
2717        NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2718        NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2719
2720        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2721
2722        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2723        NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2724        NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2725        NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2726
2727        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2728
2729        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2730        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2731
2732        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2733        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2734
2735        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2736
2737
2738        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2739        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2740        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2741        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2742
2743        NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2744
2745        NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2746
2747        NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2748
2749        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2750
2751        NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2752
2753        NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2754
2755        NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2756        NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2757
2758        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2759        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2760        NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2761        NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2762
2763        NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2764        NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2765
2766        NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2767
2768        NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2769        NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2770
2771        NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2772
2773        NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2774
2775        NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2776
2777        NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2778        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2779
2780        NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2781
2782        NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2783
2784        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2785
2786        NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2787
2788        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2789
2790        NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2791
2792        NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2793
2794        NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2795
2796        NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2797
2798        NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2799
2800        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2801        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2802
2803        NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2804        NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2805        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2806
2807        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2808        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2809
2810        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2811
2812        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2813        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2814
2815        NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2816
2817        NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2818
2819        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2820
2821        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2822
2823        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2824
2825        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2826
2827        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2828        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2829
2830        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2831        NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2832
2833        NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2834        NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2835
2836        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2837
2838        NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2839        NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2840
2841        NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2842
2843        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2844        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2845
2846        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2847
2848        NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2849
2850        NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2851        NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2852
2853        NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2854        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2855
2856        NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2857
2858        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2859        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2860
2861        NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2862
2863        NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2864
2865        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2866        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2867        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2868        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2869        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2870
2871        NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2872
2873        NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2874
2875        NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2876
2877        NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2878
2879        NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2880
2881        NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2882
2883        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2884        NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2885
2886        NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2887
2888        NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2889
2890        NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2891
2892        NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2893
2894        NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2895
2896        NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2897
2898        NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2899
2900        NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2901
2902        NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2903
2904        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2905
2906        NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2907        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2908        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2909
2910        NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2911        NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2912
2913        NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2914
2915        NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2916
2917        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2918
2919        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2920
2921        NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2922
2923        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2924        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2925
2926        NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2927        NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2928
2929        NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2930        NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2931
2932        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2933        NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2934
2935        NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2936        NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2937
2938        NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2939        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2940
2941        NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2942
2943        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2944
2945        NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2946        NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2947        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2948        NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
2949        NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
2950
2951        NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2952
2953        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2954
2955        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2956
2957        NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2958
2959        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2960        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2961
2962        NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2963
2964        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2965        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2966        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2967        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2968
2969        NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2970
2971        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2972        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2973
2974        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2975
2976        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2977
2978        NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2979
2980        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2981        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2982
2983        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2984
2985        NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2986
2987        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2988
2989        NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2990        NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2991        NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2992
2993        NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2994
2995        NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2996
2997        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2998
2999        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3000
3001        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3002
3003        NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3004
3005        NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3006
3007        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3008
3009        NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3010
3011        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3012        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3013        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3014        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3015
3016        NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3017
3018        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3019
3020        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3021
3022        NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3023
3024        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3025
3026        NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3027        NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3028
3029        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3030        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3031        NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3032        NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3033
3034        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3035
3036        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3037        NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3038        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3039        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3040
3041        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3042        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3043
3044        NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3045
3046        NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3047
3048        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3049        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3050
3051        NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3052
3053        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3054        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3055        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3056        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3057        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3058
3059        NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3060
3061        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3062        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3063
3064        NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3065        NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3066        NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3067
3068        NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3069        NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3070
3071        NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3072        NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3073
3074        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3075
3076        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3077        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3078        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3079        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3080
3081        NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3082
3083        NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3084
3085        NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3086
3087        NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3088
3089        NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3090
3091        NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3092        NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3093        NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3094
3095        NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3096
3097        NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3098
3099        NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3100
3101        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3102        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3103
3104        NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3105
3106        NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3107
3108        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3109
3110        NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3111
3112        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3113
3114        NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3115        NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3116
3117        NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3118        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3119        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3120        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3121
3122        NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3123
3124        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3125
3126        NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3127
3128        NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3129        NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3130
3131        NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3132
3133        NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3134
3135        NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3136
3137        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3138
3139        NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3140
3141        NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3142        NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3143        NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3144
3145        NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3146        NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3147
3148        /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3149
3150        __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3151        NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3152        NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3153};
3154
3155/* source-level API compatibility */
3156#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3157#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3158#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3159#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3160#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3161#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3162
3163/*
3164 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3165 * here
3166 */
3167#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3168#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3169#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3170#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3171#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3172#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3173#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3174#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3175#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3176#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3177#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3178#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3179#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3180#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3181#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3182#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3183#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3184#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3185#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3186#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3187#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3188
3189#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN               64
3190
3191#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES                  32
3192#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES               77
3193#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES              128
3194#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY       0
3195#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY     16
3196#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY     24
3197#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN               26
3198#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN              12
3199#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
3200#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
3201#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES            5
3202#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES               2
3203
3204#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME      10
3205
3206/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3207#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF             -300
3208
3209#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL               1800
3210
3211/**
3212 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3213 *
3214 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3215 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3216 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3217 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3218 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3219 *      are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3220 *      AP type interface.
3221 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3222 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3223 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3224 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3225 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3226 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3227 *      and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3228 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3229 *      commands to create and destroy one
3230 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3231 *      This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3232 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3233 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3234 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3235 *
3236 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3237 * to set the type of an interface.
3238 *
3239 */
3240enum nl80211_iftype {
3241        NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3242        NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3243        NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3244        NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3245        NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3246        NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3247        NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3248        NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3249        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3250        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3251        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3252        NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3253        NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3254
3255        /* keep last */
3256        NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3257        NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3258};
3259
3260/**
3261 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3262 *
3263 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3264 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3265 *
3266 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3267 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3268 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3269 *      with short barker preamble
3270 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3271 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3272 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3273 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3274 *      only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3275 *      flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3276 *      attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3277 *      as errors.)
3278 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3279 *      that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3280 *      previously added station into associated state
3281 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3282 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3283 */
3284enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3285        __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3286        NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3287        NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3288        NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3289        NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3290        NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3291        NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3292        NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3293
3294        /* keep last */
3295        __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3296        NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3297};
3298
3299/**
3300 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3301 *
3302 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3303 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3304 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3305 */
3306enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3307        NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3308        NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3309
3310        NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3311};
3312
3313#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API    NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3314
3315/**
3316 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3317 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3318 * @set: which values to set them to
3319 *
3320 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3321 */
3322struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3323        __u32 mask;
3324        __u32 set;
3325} __attribute__((packed));
3326
3327/**
3328 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3329 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3330 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3331 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3332 */
3333enum nl80211_he_gi {
3334        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3335        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3336        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3337};
3338
3339/**
3340 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3341 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec
3342 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec
3343 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec
3344 */
3345enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3346        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3347        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3348        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3349};
3350
3351/**
3352 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3353 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3354 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3355 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3356 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3357 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3358 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3359 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3360 */
3361enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3362        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3363        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3364        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3365        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3366        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3367        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3368        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3369};
3370
3371/**
3372 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3373 *
3374 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3375 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3376 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3377 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3378 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3379 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3380 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3381 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3382 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3383 *
3384 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3385 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3386 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3387 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3388 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3389 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3390 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3391 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3392 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3393 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3394 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3395 *      same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3396 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3397 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3398 *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3399 *      half the base (20 MHz) rate
3400 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3401 *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3402 *      a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3403 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3404 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3405 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3406 *      (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3407 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3408 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3409 *      non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3410 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3411 */
3412enum nl80211_rate_info {
3413        __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3414        NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3415        NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3416        NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3417        NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3418        NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3419        NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3420        NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3421        NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3422        NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3423        NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3424        NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3425        NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3426        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3427        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3428        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3429        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3430        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3431
3432        /* keep last */
3433        __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3434        NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3435};
3436
3437/**
3438 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3439 *
3440 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3441 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3442 *
3443 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3444 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3445 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3446 *      (flag)
3447 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3448 *      (flag)
3449 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3450 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3451 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3452 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3453 */
3454enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3455        __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3456        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3457        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3458        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3459        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3460        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3461
3462        /* keep last */
3463        __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3464        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3465};
3466
3467/**
3468 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3469 *
3470 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3471 * when getting information about a station.
3472 *
3473 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3474 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3475 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3476 *      (u32, from this station)
3477 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3478 *      (u32, to this station)
3479 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3480 *      (u64, from this station)
3481 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3482 *      (u64, to this station)
3483 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3484 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3485 *      containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3486 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3487 *      (u32, from this station)
3488 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3489 *      (u32, to this station)
3490 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3491 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3492 *      (u32, to this station)
3493 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3494 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3495 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3496 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3497 *      (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3498 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3499 *      attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3500 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3501 *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3502 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3503 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3504 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3505 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3506 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3507 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3508 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3509 *      non-peer STA
3510 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3511 *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3512 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3513 *      Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3514 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3515 *      802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3516 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3517 *      (u64)
3518 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3519 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3520 *      for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3521 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3522 *      This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3523 *      TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3524 *      each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3525 *      attributes carrying the actual values.
3526 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3527 *      received from the station (u64, usec)
3528 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3529 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3530 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3531 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3532 *      (u32, from this station)
3533 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3534 *      with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3535 *      some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3536 *      might not be fully accurate.
3537 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3538 *      mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3539 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3540 *      sent to the station (u64, usec)
3541 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3542 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3543 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3544 *      of STA's association
3545 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3546 *      authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3547 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3548 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3549 */
3550enum nl80211_sta_info {
3551        __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3552        NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3553        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3554        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3555        NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3556        NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3557        NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3558        NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3559        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3560        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3561        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3562        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3563        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3564        NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3565        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3566        NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3567        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3568        NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3569        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3570        NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3571        NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3572        NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3573        NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3574        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3575        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3576        NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3577        NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3578        NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3579        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3580        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3581        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3582        NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3583        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3584        NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3585        NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3586        NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3587        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3588        NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3589        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3590        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3591        NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3592        NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3593        NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
3594        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
3595
3596        /* keep last */
3597        __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3598        NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3599};
3600
3601/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3602#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3603
3604
3605/**
3606 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3607 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3608 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3609 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3610 *      attempted to transmit; u64)
3611 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3612 *      transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3613 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3614 *      MSDUs (u64)
3615 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3616 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3617 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3618 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3619 */
3620enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3621        __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3622        NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3623        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3624        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3625        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3626        NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3627        NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3628
3629        /* keep last */
3630        NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3631        NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3632};
3633
3634/**
3635 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3636 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3637 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3638 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3639 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3640 *      backlogged
3641 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3642 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3643 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3644 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3645 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3646 *      (only for per-phy stats)
3647 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3648 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3649 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3650 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3651 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3652 */
3653enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3654        __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3655        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3656        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3657        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3658        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3659        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3660        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3661        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3662        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3663        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3664        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3665        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3666
3667        /* keep last */
3668        NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3669        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3670};
3671
3672/**
3673 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3674 *
3675 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3676 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3677 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3678 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3679 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3680 */
3681enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3682        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =     1<<0,
3683        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =  1<<1,
3684        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =   1<<2,
3685        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =      1<<3,
3686        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =   1<<4,
3687};
3688
3689/**
3690 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3691 *
3692 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3693 * information about a mesh path.
3694 *
3695 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3696 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3697 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3698 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3699 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3700 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3701 *      &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3702 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3703 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3704 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3705 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3706 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3707 *      currently defined
3708 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3709 */
3710enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3711        __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3712        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3713        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3714        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3715        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3716        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3717        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3718        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3719        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3720        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3721
3722        /* keep last */
3723        __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3724        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3725};
3726
3727/**
3728 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3729 *
3730 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3731 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3732 *     for each interface type that supports the band data
3733 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3734 *     capabilities IE
3735 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3736 *     capabilities IE
3737 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3738 *     capabilities IE
3739 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3740 *     defined in HE capabilities IE
3741 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3742 *     defined
3743 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
3744 *      given for all 6 GHz band channels
3745 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
3746 *      advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
3747 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3748 */
3749enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3750        __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3751
3752        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3753        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3754        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3755        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3756        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3757        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
3758        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
3759
3760        /* keep last */
3761        __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3762        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3763};
3764
3765/**
3766 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3767 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3768 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3769 *      an array of nested frequency attributes
3770 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3771 *      an array of nested bitrate attributes
3772 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3773 *      defined in 802.11n
3774 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3775 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3776 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3777 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3778 *      defined in 802.11ac
3779 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3780 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3781 *      attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3782 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
3783 *      channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
3784 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
3785 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
3786 *      the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
3787 *      Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
3788 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3789 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3790 */
3791enum nl80211_band_attr {
3792        __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3793        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3794        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3795
3796        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3797        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3798        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3799        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3800
3801        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3802        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3803        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3804
3805        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3806        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3807
3808        /* keep last */
3809        __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3810        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3811};
3812
3813#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3814
3815/**
3816 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3817 *
3818 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3819 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3820 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3821 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3822 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3823 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3824 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3825 */
3826enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3827        __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3828        NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3829        NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3830        NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3831        NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3832
3833        /* keep last */
3834        __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3835        NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3836};
3837
3838/**
3839 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3840 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3841 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3842 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3843 *      regulatory domain.
3844 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3845 *      are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3846 *      requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3847 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3848 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3849 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3850 *      (100 * dBm).
3851 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3852 *      (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3853 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3854 *      this channel is in this DFS state.
3855 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3856 *      channel as the control channel
3857 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3858 *      channel as the control channel
3859 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3860 *      as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3861 *      this includes 80+80 channels
3862 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3863 *      using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3864 *      isn't possible
3865 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3866 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3867 *      channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3868 *      used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3869 *      an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3870 *      through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3871 *      that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3872 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3873 *      channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3874 *      the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3875 *      band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3876 *      off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3877 *      done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3878 *      the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3879 *      off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3880 *      radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3881 *      wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3882 *      attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3883 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3884 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3885 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3886 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3887 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3888 *      This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3889 *      (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3890 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
3891 *      in current regulatory domain.
3892 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
3893 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
3894 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3895 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
3896 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3897 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
3898 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3899 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
3900 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3901 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
3902 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3903 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3904 *      currently defined
3905 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3906 *
3907 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3908 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3909 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3910 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3911 */
3912enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3913        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3914        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3915        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3916        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3917        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3918        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3919        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3920        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3921        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3922        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3923        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3924        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3925        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3926        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3927        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3928        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3929        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3930        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3931        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3932        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
3933        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
3934        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
3935        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
3936        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
3937        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
3938        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
3939
3940        /* keep last */
3941        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3942        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3943};
3944
3945#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3946#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN     NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3947#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS          NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3948#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR            NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3949#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3950                                        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3951
3952/**
3953 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3954 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3955 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3956 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3957 *      in 2.4 GHz band.
3958 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3959 *      currently defined
3960 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3961 */
3962enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3963        __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3964        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3965        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3966
3967        /* keep last */
3968        __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3969        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3970};
3971
3972/**
3973 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3974 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3975 *      regulatory domain.
3976 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3977 *      regulatory domain.
3978 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3979 *      wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3980 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3981 *      802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3982 *      thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3983 *      code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3984 *      structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3985 *      If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3986 *      be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3987 */
3988enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3989        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3990        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3991        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3992        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3993};
3994
3995/**
3996 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3997 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3998 *      to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3999 *      ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4000 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4001 *      domain.
4002 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4003 *      driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4004 *      and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4005 *      them to be applied.
4006 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4007 *      of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4008 *      set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4009 *      domain request to be processed.
4010 */
4011enum nl80211_reg_type {
4012        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4013        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4014        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4015        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4016};
4017
4018/**
4019 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4020 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4021 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4022 *      considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4023 *      &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4024 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4025 *      rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4026 *      band edge.
4027 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4028 *      in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4029 *      band edge.
4030 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4031 *      frequency range, in KHz.
4032 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4033 *      for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4034 *      If you don't have one then don't send this.
4035 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4036 *      a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4037 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4038 *      If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4039 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4040 *      currently defined
4041 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4042 */
4043enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4044        __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4045        NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4046
4047        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4048        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4049        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4050
4051        NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4052        NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4053
4054        NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4055
4056        /* keep last */
4057        __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4058        NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4059};
4060
4061/**
4062 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4063 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4064 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4065 *      only report BSS with matching SSID.
4066 *      (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4067 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4068 *      BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4069 *      if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4070 *      the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4071 *      matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4072 *      how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4073 *      the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4074 *      attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4075 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4076 *      %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4077 *      relative to current bss's RSSI.
4078 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4079 *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4080 *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4081 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4082 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4083 *      (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4084 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
4085 *      band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
4086 *      enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
4087 *      band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
4088 *      of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
4089 *      minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
4090 *      within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
4091 *      attributes will be nested within this attribute.
4092 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4093 *      attribute number currently defined
4094 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4095 */
4096enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4097        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4098
4099        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4100        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4101        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4102        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4103        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4104        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
4105
4106        /* keep last */
4107        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4108        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4109                __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4110};
4111
4112/* only for backward compatibility */
4113#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4114
4115/**
4116 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4117 *
4118 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4119 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4120 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4121 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4122 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4123 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4124 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4125 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4126 *      this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4127 *      beaconing.
4128 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4129 *      base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4130 *      multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4131 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4132 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4133 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4134 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4135 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4136 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4137 */
4138enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
4139        NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM             = 1<<0,
4140        NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK              = 1<<1,
4141        NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR           = 1<<2,
4142        NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR          = 1<<3,
4143        NL80211_RRF_DFS                 = 1<<4,
4144        NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY            = 1<<5,
4145        NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY           = 1<<6,
4146        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               = 1<<7,
4147        __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS           = 1<<8,
4148        NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW             = 1<<11,
4149        NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT       = 1<<12,
4150        NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS        = 1<<13,
4151        NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS         = 1<<14,
4152        NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ            = 1<<15,
4153        NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ           = 1<<16,
4154        NL80211_RRF_NO_HE               = 1<<17,
4155};
4156
4157#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4158#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS             NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4159#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4160#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40             (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4161                                         NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4162#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT       NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4163
4164/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4165#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL           (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4166
4167/**
4168 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4169 *
4170 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4171 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4172 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4173 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4174 */
4175enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
4176        NL80211_DFS_UNSET       = 0,
4177        NL80211_DFS_FCC         = 1,
4178        NL80211_DFS_ETSI        = 2,
4179        NL80211_DFS_JP          = 3,
4180};
4181
4182/**
4183 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4184 *
4185 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4186 *      assumed if the attribute is not set.
4187 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4188 *      base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4189 *      properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4190 *      by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4191 *      capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4192 *      ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4193 *      present has been registered with the wireless core that
4194 *      has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4195 *      supported feature.
4196 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4197 *      platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4198 */
4199enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
4200        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER      = 0,
4201        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
4202        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
4203};
4204
4205/**
4206 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4207 *
4208 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4209 * when getting information about a survey.
4210 *
4211 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4212 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4213 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4214 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4215 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4216 *      was turned on (on channel or globally)
4217 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4218 *      channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4219 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4220 *      channel was sensed busy
4221 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4222 *      receiving data (on channel or globally)
4223 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4224 *      transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4225 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4226 *      (on this channel or globally)
4227 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4228 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4229 *      receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4230 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4231 *      currently defined
4232 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4233 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4234 */
4235enum nl80211_survey_info {
4236        __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
4237        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
4238        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
4239        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
4240        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
4241        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
4242        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
4243        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
4244        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
4245        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
4246        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
4247        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
4248        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4249
4250        /* keep last */
4251        __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4252        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4253};
4254
4255/* keep old names for compatibility */
4256#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME                NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4257#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY           NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4258#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY       NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4259#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4260#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4261
4262/**
4263 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4264 *
4265 * Monitor configuration flags.
4266 *
4267 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4268 *
4269 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4270 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4271 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4272 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4273 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4274 *      overrides all other flags.
4275 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4276 *      and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4277 *
4278 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4279 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4280 */
4281enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
4282        __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
4283        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
4284        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
4285        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
4286        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
4287        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
4288        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
4289
4290        /* keep last */
4291        __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
4292        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
4293};
4294
4295/**
4296 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4297 *
4298 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4299 *      not known or has not been set yet.
4300 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4301 *      in Awake state all the time.
4302 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4303 *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4304 *      neighbor's beacons.
4305 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4306 *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4307 *      for neighbor's beacons.
4308 *
4309 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
4310 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
4311 */
4312
4313enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
4314        NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
4315        NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
4316        NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
4317        NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
4318
4319        __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
4320        NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
4321};
4322
4323/**
4324 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4325 *
4326 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4327 * active.
4328 *
4329 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4330 *
4331 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4332 *      millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4333 *
4334 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4335 *      millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4336 *
4337 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4338 *      millisecond units
4339 *
4340 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4341 *      on this mesh interface
4342 *
4343 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4344 *      open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4345 *      mesh
4346 *
4347 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4348 *      point.
4349 *
4350 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4351 *      peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4352 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4353 *      set.
4354 *
4355 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4356 *      containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4357 *      target)
4358 *
4359 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4360 *      (in milliseconds)
4361 *
4362 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4363 *      until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4364 *
4365 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4366 *      points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4367 *      the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4368 *
4369 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4370 *      TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4371 *      reference element
4372 *
4373 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4374 *      that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4375 *      mesh
4376 *
4377 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4378 *
4379 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4380 *      source mesh point for path selection elements.
4381 *
4382 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
4383 *      root announcements are transmitted.
4384 *
4385 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4386 *      access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
4387 *      Announcement frames.
4388 *
4389 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4390 *      TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4391 *      PERR element.
4392 *
4393 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4394 *      or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4395 *
4396 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4397 *      threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4398 *      a peer link.
4399 *
4400 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4401 *      to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4402 *      (see 11C.12.2.2)
4403 *
4404 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4405 *
4406 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4407 *
4408 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4409 *      which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4410 *      information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4411 *
4412 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4413 *      proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4414 *
4415 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4416 *      (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4417 *      containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4418 *
4419 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4420 *      type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4421 *
4422 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4423 *
4424 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4425 *      established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4426 *      remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4427 *      the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4428 *
4429 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4430 *      will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4431 *      field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4432 *      advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4433 *
4434 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4435 *      PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4436 *      this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4437 *      better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4438 *      dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4439 *
4440 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4441 *      will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4442 *      in the mesh formation field.
4443 *
4444 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4445 */
4446enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4447        __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4448        NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4449        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4450        NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4451        NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4452        NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4453        NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4454        NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4455        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4456        NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4457        NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4458        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4459        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4460        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4461        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4462        NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4463        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4464        NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4465        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4466        NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4467        NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4468        NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4469        NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4470        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4471        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4472        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4473        NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4474        NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4475        NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4476        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4477        NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
4478        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4479
4480        /* keep last */
4481        __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4482        NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4483};
4484
4485/**
4486 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4487 *
4488 * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4489 * changed while the mesh is active.
4490 *
4491 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4492 *
4493 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4494 *      vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4495 *      default HWMP.
4496 *
4497 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4498 *      vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4499 *      metric.
4500 *
4501 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4502 *      robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4503 *      that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4504 *      metrics in use.
4505 *
4506 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4507 *      daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4508 *
4509 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4510 *      daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4511 *      Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4512 *      a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4513 *      management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4514 *      functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4515 *      key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4516 *      autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4517 *      userspace daemon.
4518 *
4519 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4520 *      vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4521 *      neighbor offset synchronization
4522 *
4523 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4524 *      implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4525 *
4526 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4527 *      method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4528 *      Default is no authentication method required.
4529 *
4530 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4531 *
4532 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4533 */
4534enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4535        __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4536        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4537        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4538        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4539        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4540        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4541        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4542        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4543        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4544
4545        /* keep last */
4546        __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4547        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4548};
4549
4550/**
4551 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4552 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4553 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4554 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4555 *      disabled
4556 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4557 *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4558 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4559 *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4560 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4561 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4562 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4563 */
4564enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4565        __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4566        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4567        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4568        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4569        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4570        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4571
4572        /* keep last */
4573        __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4574        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4575};
4576
4577enum nl80211_ac {
4578        NL80211_AC_VO,
4579        NL80211_AC_VI,
4580        NL80211_AC_BE,
4581        NL80211_AC_BK,
4582        NL80211_NUM_ACS
4583};
4584
4585/* backward compat */
4586#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE  NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4587#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO        NL80211_AC_VO
4588#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI        NL80211_AC_VI
4589#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE        NL80211_AC_BE
4590#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK        NL80211_AC_BK
4591
4592/**
4593 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4594 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4595 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4596 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4597 *      below the control channel
4598 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4599 *      above the control channel
4600 */
4601enum nl80211_channel_type {
4602        NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4603        NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4604        NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4605        NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4606};
4607
4608/**
4609 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4610 *
4611 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4612 *      Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4613 *
4614 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4615 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4616 *
4617 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4618 *      Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4619 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4620 *      The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4621 *      the preferred Tx key for the station.
4622 */
4623enum nl80211_key_mode {
4624        NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4625        NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4626        NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4627};
4628
4629/**
4630 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4631 *
4632 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4633 * attribute.
4634 *
4635 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4636 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4637 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4638 *      attribute must be provided as well
4639 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4640 *      attribute must be provided as well
4641 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4642 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4643 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4644 *      attribute must be provided as well
4645 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4646 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4647 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
4648 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
4649 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
4650 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
4651 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
4652 */
4653enum nl80211_chan_width {
4654        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4655        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4656        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4657        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4658        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4659        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4660        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4661        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4662        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4663        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4664        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
4665        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
4666        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
4667};
4668
4669/**
4670 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4671 *
4672 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4673 *
4674 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4675 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4676 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4677 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
4678 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
4679 */
4680enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4681        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4682        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4683        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4684        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
4685        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
4686};
4687
4688/**
4689 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4690 *
4691 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4692 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4693 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4694 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4695 *      (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4696 *      from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4697 *      that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4698 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4699 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4700 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4701 *      raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4702 *      if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4703 *      different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4704 *      they are from a Beacon frame.
4705 *      However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4706 *      IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4707 *      If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4708 *      data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4709 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4710 *      in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4711 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4712 *      in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4713 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4714 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4715 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4716 *      elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4717 *      yet been received
4718 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4719 *      (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4720 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4721 *      (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4722 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4723 *      @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4724 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4725 *      was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4726 *      accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4727 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4728 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4729 *      octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4730 *      this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4731 *      @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4732 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4733 *      is set.
4734 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4735 *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4736 *      using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4737 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4738 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4739 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4740 */
4741enum nl80211_bss {
4742        __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4743        NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4744        NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4745        NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4746        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4747        NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4748        NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4749        NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4750        NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4751        NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4752        NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4753        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4754        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4755        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4756        NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4757        NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4758        NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4759        NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4760        NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4761        NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4762        NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
4763
4764        /* keep last */
4765        __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4766        NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4767};
4768
4769/**
4770 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4771 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4772 *      Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4773 *      keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4774 *      a given BSS.
4775 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4776 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4777 *
4778 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4779 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4780 */
4781enum nl80211_bss_status {
4782        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4783        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4784        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4785};
4786
4787/**
4788 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4789 *
4790 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4791 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4792 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4793 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4794 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4795 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4796 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4797 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4798 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4799 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4800 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4801 *      trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4802 *      the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4803 */
4804enum nl80211_auth_type {
4805        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4806        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4807        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4808        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4809        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4810        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4811        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4812        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4813
4814        /* keep last */
4815        __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4816        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4817        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4818};
4819
4820/**
4821 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4822 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4823 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4824 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4825 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4826 */
4827enum nl80211_key_type {
4828        NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4829        NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4830        NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4831
4832        NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4833};
4834
4835/**
4836 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4837 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4838 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4839 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4840 */
4841enum nl80211_mfp {
4842        NL80211_MFP_NO,
4843        NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4844        NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4845};
4846
4847enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4848        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4849        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4850        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4851};
4852
4853/**
4854 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4855 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4856 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4857 *      unicast key
4858 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4859 *      multicast key
4860 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4861 */
4862enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4863        __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4864        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4865        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4866
4867        NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4868};
4869
4870/**
4871 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4872 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4873 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4874 *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4875 *      keys
4876 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4877 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4878 *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4879 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4880 *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4881 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4882 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4883 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4884 *      specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4885 *      given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4886 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4887 *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4888 *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4889 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4890 *      Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4891 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
4892 *
4893 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4894 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4895 */
4896enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4897        __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4898        NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4899        NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4900        NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4901        NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4902        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4903        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4904        NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4905        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4906        NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4907        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
4908
4909        /* keep last */
4910        __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4911        NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4912};
4913
4914/**
4915 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4916 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4917 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4918 *      in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4919 *      1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4920 *      %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4921 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4922 *      in an array of MCS numbers.
4923 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4924 *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4925 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4926 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4927 *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
4928 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
4929 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
4930 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4931 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4932 */
4933enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4934        __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4935        NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4936        NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4937        NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4938        NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4939        NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
4940        NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
4941        NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
4942
4943        /* keep last */
4944        __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4945        NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4946};
4947
4948#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4949#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX             8
4950
4951/**
4952 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4953 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4954 */
4955struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4956        __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4957};
4958
4959#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX              8
4960/**
4961 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4962 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4963 */
4964struct nl80211_txrate_he {
4965        __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
4966};
4967
4968enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4969        NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4970        NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4971        NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4972};
4973
4974/**
4975 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4976 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4977 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4978 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4979 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
4980 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
4981 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
4982 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4983 *      since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4984 */
4985enum nl80211_band {
4986        NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4987        NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4988        NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4989        NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
4990        NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
4991        NL80211_BAND_LC,
4992
4993        NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4994};
4995
4996/**
4997 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4998 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4999 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5000 */
5001enum nl80211_ps_state {
5002        NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5003        NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5004};
5005
5006/**
5007 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5008 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5009 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5010 *      the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5011 *      to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5012 *      set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5013 *      threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5014 *      crosses any of the thresholds.
5015 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5016 *      the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5017 *      new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5018 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5019 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5020 *      consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5021 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5022 *      during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5023 *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5024 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5025 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5026 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5027 *      checked.
5028 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5029 *      interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5030 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5031 *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5032 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5033 *      loss event
5034 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5035 *      RSSI threshold event.
5036 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5037 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5038 */
5039enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
5040        __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
5041        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
5042        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
5043        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
5044        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
5045        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
5046        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
5047        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
5048        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5049        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
5050
5051        /* keep last */
5052        __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
5053        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
5054};
5055
5056/**
5057 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5058 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5059 *      configured threshold
5060 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5061 *      configured threshold
5062 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5063 */
5064enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
5065        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
5066        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
5067        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
5068};
5069
5070
5071/**
5072 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5073 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5074 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5075 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5076 */
5077enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
5078        NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
5079        NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
5080        NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
5081};
5082
5083/**
5084 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5085 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5086 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5087 */
5088enum nl80211_tid_config {
5089        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
5090        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
5091};
5092
5093/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5094 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5095 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5096 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5097 */
5098enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
5099        NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
5100        NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
5101        NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
5102};
5103
5104/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5105 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5106 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5107 *      for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5108 *      (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5109 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5110 *      per peer instead.
5111 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates
5112 *      that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5113 *      configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5114 *      should be left untouched.
5115 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5116 *      Its type is u16.
5117 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5118 *      specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5119 *      Its type is u8.
5120 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5121 *      transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5122 *      &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5123 *      the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5124 *      output in wiphy capabilities.
5125 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5126 *      transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5127 *      &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5128 *      the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5129 *      output in wiphy capabilities.
5130 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5131 *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5132 *      Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5133 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5134 *      specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5135 *      the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5136 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5137 *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5138 *      Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5139 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5140 *      to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5141 *      for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5142 *      the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5143 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5144 *      with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5145 *      configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5146 *      station.
5147 */
5148enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
5149        __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
5150        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
5151        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
5152        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
5153        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
5154        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
5155        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
5156        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
5157        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
5158        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
5159        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
5160        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
5161        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
5162        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
5163
5164        /* keep last */
5165        __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5166        NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5167};
5168
5169/**
5170 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5171 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5172 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5173 *      a zero bit are ignored
5174 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5175 *      a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5176 *      to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5177 *      in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5178 *      corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5179 *      For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5180 *      xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5181 *      twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5182 *      Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5183 *      802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5184 *      first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5185 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5186 *      these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5187 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5188 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5189 */
5190enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
5191        __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
5192        NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
5193        NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
5194        NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
5195
5196        NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
5197        MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
5198};
5199
5200/**
5201 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5202 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5203 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5204 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5205 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5206 *
5207 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5208 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5209 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5210 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5211 * by the kernel to userspace.
5212 */
5213struct nl80211_pattern_support {
5214        __u32 max_patterns;
5215        __u32 min_pattern_len;
5216        __u32 max_pattern_len;
5217        __u32 max_pkt_offset;
5218} __attribute__((packed));
5219
5220/* only for backward compatibility */
5221#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5222#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5223#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5224#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5225#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5226#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5227#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5228
5229/**
5230 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5231 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5232 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5233 *      the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5234 *      support for low-power operation already (flag)
5235 *      Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5236 *      any others are even supported by the device.
5237 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5238 *      is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5239 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5240 *      by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5241 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5242 *      which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5243 *      defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5244 *      Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5245 *      each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5246 *      done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5247 *      pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5248 *
5249 *      In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5250 *      carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5251 *
5252 *      When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5253 *      index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5254 *      to the kernel when configuring.
5255 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5256 *      used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5257 *      by the device (flag)
5258 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5259 *      done by the device) (flag)
5260 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5261 *      packet (flag)
5262 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5263 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5264 *      (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5265 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5266 *      the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5267 *      may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5268 *      attribute contains the original length.
5269 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5270 *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5271 *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5272 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5273 *      802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5274 *      be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5275 *      contains the original length.
5276 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5277 *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5278 *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5279 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5280 *      "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5281 *      containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5282 *      the TCP connection.
5283 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5284 *      wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5285 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5286 *      TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5287 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5288 *      the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5289 *      service
5290 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5291 *      is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
5292 *      same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
5293 *      specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5294 *      channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5295 *      results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
5296 *      attribute is also sent in a response to
5297 *      @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5298 *      supported by the driver (u32).
5299 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5300 *      containing an array with information about what triggered the
5301 *      wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
5302 *      that the information is not available.  If more than one
5303 *      element is present, it means that more than one match
5304 *      occurred.
5305 *      Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5306 *      one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5307 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
5308 *      these attributes must be present.  If
5309 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5310 *      frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5311 *      channel.
5312 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5313 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5314 *
5315 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5316 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5317 */
5318enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
5319        __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
5320        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
5321        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
5322        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
5323        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
5324        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
5325        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
5326        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
5327        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
5328        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
5329        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
5330        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
5331        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
5332        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
5333        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
5334        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
5335        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
5336        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
5337        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
5338        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
5339
5340        /* keep last */
5341        NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
5342        MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
5343};
5344
5345/**
5346 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5347 *
5348 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5349 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5350 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5351 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5352 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5353 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5354 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5355 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5356 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5357 *
5358 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5359 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5360 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5361 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5362 * also woken up.
5363 *
5364 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5365 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5366 */
5367
5368/**
5369 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5370 * @start: starting value
5371 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5372 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5373 *
5374 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5375 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5376 * in little endian.
5377 */
5378struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
5379        __u32 start, offset, len;
5380};
5381
5382/**
5383 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5384 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5385 * @len: length of each token
5386 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5387 *      be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5388 */
5389struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
5390        __u32 offset, len;
5391        __u8 token_stream[];
5392};
5393
5394/**
5395 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5396 * @min_len: minimum token length
5397 * @max_len: maximum token length
5398 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5399 */
5400struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
5401        __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
5402};
5403
5404/**
5405 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5406 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5407 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5408 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5409 *      (in network byte order)
5410 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5411 *      route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5412 *      and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5413 *      might require ARP querying.
5414 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5415 *      socket and port will be allocated
5416 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5417 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5418 *      For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5419 *      of the data payload.
5420 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5421 *      (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5422 *      advertising it is just a flag
5423 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5424 *      see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5425 *      &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5426 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5427 *      interval in feature advertising (u32)
5428 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5429 *      u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5430 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5431 *      feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5432 *      but on the TCP payload only.
5433 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5434 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5435 */
5436enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
5437        __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
5438        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
5439        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
5440        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
5441        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
5442        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
5443        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
5444        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
5445        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
5446        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
5447        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
5448        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
5449
5450        /* keep last */
5451        NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
5452        MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
5453};
5454
5455/**
5456 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5457 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5458 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5459 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5460 *
5461 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5462 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5463 */
5464struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
5465        __u32 max_rules;
5466        struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
5467        __u32 max_delay;
5468} __attribute__((packed));
5469
5470/**
5471 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5472 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5473 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5474 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5475 *      see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5476 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5477 *      after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5478 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5479 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5480 */
5481enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
5482        __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
5483        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
5484        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
5485        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
5486
5487        /* keep last */
5488        NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
5489        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
5490};
5491
5492/**
5493 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5494 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
5495 *      in a rule are matched.
5496 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5497 *      in a rule are not matched.
5498 */
5499enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
5500        NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
5501        NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5502};
5503
5504/**
5505 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5506 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5507 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5508 *      can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5509 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5510 *      flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5511 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5512 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5513 */
5514enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
5515        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
5516        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
5517        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
5518
5519        /* keep last */
5520        NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
5521        MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
5522};
5523
5524/**
5525 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
5526 *
5527 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5528 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
5529 *      for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
5530 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
5531 *      interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5532 *      apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5533 *      in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5534 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5535 *      beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5536 *      infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5537 *      the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5538 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5539 *      different channels may be used within this group.
5540 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5541 *      of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5542 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5543 *      of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5544 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5545 *      different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5546 *      in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5547 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5548 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5549 *
5550 * Examples:
5551 *      limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5552 *      => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5553 *
5554 *      numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5555 *      => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5556 *
5557 *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5558 *      => allows two STAs on different channels
5559 *
5560 *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5561 *      => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5562 *
5563 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5564 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5565 * that any of these groups must match.
5566 *
5567 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5568 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5569 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5570 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5571 *      numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5572 */
5573enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5574        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5575        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5576        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5577        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5578        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5579        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5580        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5581        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5582
5583        /* keep last */
5584        NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5585        MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5586};
5587
5588
5589/**
5590 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5591 *
5592 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5593 *      state of non existent mesh peer links
5594 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5595 *      this mesh peer
5596 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5597 *      from this mesh peer
5598 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5599 *      received from this mesh peer
5600 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5601 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5602 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5603 *      plink are discarded
5604 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5605 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5606 */
5607enum nl80211_plink_state {
5608        NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5609        NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5610        NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5611        NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5612        NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5613        NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5614        NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5615
5616        /* keep last */
5617        NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5618        MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5619};
5620
5621/**
5622 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5623 *
5624 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5625 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5626 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5627 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5628 */
5629enum plink_actions {
5630        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5631        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5632        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5633
5634        NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5635};
5636
5637
5638#define NL80211_KCK_LEN                 16
5639#define NL80211_KEK_LEN                 16
5640#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN             24
5641#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN             32
5642#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN          8
5643
5644/**
5645 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5646 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5647 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5648 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5649 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5650 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
5651 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5652 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5653 */
5654enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5655        __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5656        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5657        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5658        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5659        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
5660
5661        /* keep last */
5662        NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5663        MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5664};
5665
5666/**
5667 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5668 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5669 *      Beacon frames)
5670 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5671 *      in Beacon frames
5672 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5673 *      element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5674 */
5675enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5676        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5677        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5678        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5679};
5680
5681/**
5682 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5683 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5684 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5685 *      is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5686 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5687 *      as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5688 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5689 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5690 */
5691enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5692        __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5693        NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5694        NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5695
5696        /* keep last */
5697        __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5698        NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5699};
5700
5701/**
5702 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5703 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5704 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5705 *      priority)
5706 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5707 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5708 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5709 *      (internal)
5710 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5711 *      (internal)
5712 */
5713enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5714        __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5715        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5716        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5717        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5718
5719        /* keep last */
5720        NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5721        MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5722};
5723
5724/**
5725 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5726 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5727 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5728 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5729 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5730 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5731 */
5732enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5733        NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5734        NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5735        NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5736        NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5737        NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5738};
5739
5740/*
5741 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5742 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5743 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5744enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5745};
5746 */
5747
5748/**
5749 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5750 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5751 *      TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5752 *      socket option.
5753 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5754 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5755 *      the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5756 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5757 *      to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5758 *      cellular base stations.
5759 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5760 *      here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5761 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5762 *      equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5763 *      mode
5764 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5765 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5766 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5767 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5768 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5769 *      OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5770 *      for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5771 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5772 *      setting
5773 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5774 *      powersave
5775 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5776 *      transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5777 *      doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5778 *      stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5779 *      state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5780 *      they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5781 *      and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5782 *      states using station flags.
5783 *      Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5784 *      stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5785 *      stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5786 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5787 *      (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5788 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5789 *      Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5790 *      beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5791 *      still generated by the driver.
5792 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5793 *      interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5794 *      interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5795 *      unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5796 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5797 *      channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5798 *      lifetime of a BSS.
5799 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5800 *      Set IE to probe requests.
5801 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5802 *      to probe requests.
5803 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5804 *      requests sent to it by an AP.
5805 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5806 *      current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5807 *      management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5808 *      Measurement Report action frame.
5809 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5810 *      estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5811 *      to enable dynack.
5812 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5813 *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5814 *      even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5815 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5816 *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5817 *      and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5818 *      rts/cts handshake.
5819 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5820 *      TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5821 *      command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5822 *      needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5823 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5824 *      the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5825 *      See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5826 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5827 *      operating as a TDLS peer.
5828 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5829 *      random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5830 *      %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5831 *      address mask/value will be used.
5832 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5833 *      using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5834 *      scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5835 *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5836 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5837 *      random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5838 *      scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5839 *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5840 */
5841enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5842        NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS                    = 1 << 0,
5843        NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS                         = 1 << 1,
5844        NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER                = 1 << 2,
5845        NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS             = 1 << 3,
5846        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL        = 1 << 4,
5847        NL80211_FEATURE_SAE                             = 1 << 5,
5848        NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN               = 1 << 6,
5849        NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH                      = 1 << 7,
5850        NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN                         = 1 << 8,
5851        NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER                     = 1 << 9,
5852        NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN                  = 1 << 10,
5853        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN                    = 1 << 11,
5854        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS                    = 1 << 12,
5855        /* bit 13 is reserved */
5856        NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS           = 1 << 14,
5857        NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE            = 1 << 15,
5858        NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM                   = 1 << 16,
5859        NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR                  = 1 << 17,
5860        NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE       = 1 << 18,
5861        NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES       = 1 << 19,
5862        NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES            = 1 << 20,
5863        NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET                           = 1 << 21,
5864        NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION              = 1 << 22,
5865        NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION                = 1 << 23,
5866        NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS                     = 1 << 24,
5867        NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS                    = 1 << 25,
5868        NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION          = 1 << 26,
5869        NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE                   = 1 << 27,
5870        NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH             = 1 << 28,
5871        NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR            = 1 << 29,
5872        NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR      = 1 << 30,
5873        NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR              = 1U << 31,
5874};
5875
5876/**
5877 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5878 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5879 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5880 *      request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5881 *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5882 *      the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5883 *      NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5884 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5885 *      sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5886 *      certain groups which can be configured by the
5887 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5888 *      or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5889 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5890 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5891 *      time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5892 *      the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5893 *      (if available).
5894 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5895 *      time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5896 *      BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5897 *      (if available).
5898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5899 *      channel dwell time.
5900 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5901 *      configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5902 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5903 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5904 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5905 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5906 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5907 *      with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5908 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5909 *      in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5910 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5911 *      randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5912 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5913 *      for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5914 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5915 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5916 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5917 *      RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5918 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5919 *      authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5920 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5921 *      handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5922 *      and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5923 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5924 *      handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5925 *      and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5926 *      be supported.
5927 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5928 *      the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5929 *      actual dwell time.
5930 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5931 *      response
5932 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5933 *      the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5934 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5935 *      probe request tx deferral and suppression
5936 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5937 *      value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5938 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5939 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5940 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5941 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5942 *      Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5943 *      informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5944 *      channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5945 *      No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5946 *      "radar detected" event.
5947 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5948 *      receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5949 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5950 *      (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5951 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5952 *      TXQs.
5953 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5954 *      SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5955 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5956 *      except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5957 *      by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5958 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5959 *      timing measurement responder role.
5960 *
5961 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5962 *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5963 *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5964 *      freeze the connection.
5965 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5966 *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5967 *
5968 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5969 *      fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5970 *      scheduling.
5971 *
5972 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5973 *      (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5974 *
5975 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5976 *      filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5977 *
5978 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5979 *      to a station.
5980 *
5981 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5982 *      station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5983 *
5984 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
5985 *      with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
5986 *      vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
5987 *
5988 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
5989 *      feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
5990 *      time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
5991 *
5992 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
5993 *      and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
5994 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
5995 *      protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
5996 *
5997 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
5998 *      forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
5999 *      handled as ordinary data frames.
6000 *
6001 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6002 *
6003 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6004 *      in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6005 *
6006 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6007 *      are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6008 *
6009 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6010 *      reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6011 *      report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6012 *      included in the scan request.
6013 *
6014 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6015 *      can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6016 *
6017 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6018 *      Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6019 *
6020 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6021 *      handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6022 *      command).
6023 *
6024 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6025 *      in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6026 *
6027 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6028 *      frames transmission
6029 *
6030 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6031 *      unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6032 *
6033 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6034 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6035 *
6036 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6037 *      exchange protocol.
6038 *
6039 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6040 *      exchange protocol.
6041 *
6042 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6043 *      frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6044 *      negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6045 *
6046 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6047 *      detection and change announcemnts.
6048 *
6049 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6050 *      FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6051 *      frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6052 *      @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6053 *
6054 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6055 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6056 */
6057enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
6058        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
6059        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
6060        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
6061        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
6062        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
6063        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
6064        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
6065        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
6066        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
6067        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
6068        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
6069        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
6070        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
6071        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
6072        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
6073        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
6074        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
6075        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
6076        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6077        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
6078        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
6079        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
6080        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
6081        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
6082        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
6083        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
6084        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
6085        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6086        /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6087        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
6088        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
6089        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
6090        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
6091        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
6092        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
6093        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
6094        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
6095        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
6096        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
6097        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
6098        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
6099        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
6100        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
6101        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
6102        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
6103        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
6104        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
6105        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
6106        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
6107        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
6108        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
6109        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
6110        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
6111        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
6112        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
6113        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
6114        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
6115        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
6116        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
6117        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
6118        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
6119        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
6120
6121        /* add new features before the definition below */
6122        NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
6123        MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
6124};
6125
6126/**
6127 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6128 *      protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6129 *      To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6130 *      Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6131 *      protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6132 *      supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6133 *      to the host.
6134 *
6135 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6136 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6137 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6138 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6139 */
6140enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
6141        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =        1<<0,
6142        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =       1<<1,
6143        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =        1<<2,
6144        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =     1<<3,
6145};
6146
6147/**
6148 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6149 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6150 *      handled by the AP is reached.
6151 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6152 */
6153enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
6154        NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
6155        NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
6156};
6157
6158/**
6159 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6160 *
6161 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6162 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6163 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6164 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6165 */
6166enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
6167        NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
6168        NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
6169        NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
6170        NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
6171};
6172
6173/**
6174 * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
6175 *
6176 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6177 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6178 * requests.
6179 *
6180 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6181 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6182 * one of them can be used in the request.
6183 *
6184 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6185 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6186 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6187 *      as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6188 *      dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6189 *      will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6190 *      when really needed
6191 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6192 *      for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6193 *      flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6194 *      @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6195 *      the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6196 *      randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6197 *      locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6198 *      This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6199 *      the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6200 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6201 *      request parameters IE in the probe request
6202 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6203 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6204 *      rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6205 *      only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6206 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6207 *      tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6208 *      and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6209 *      Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6210 *      a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6211 *      SSID and/or RSSI.
6212 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6213 *      accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6214 *      scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6215 *      implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6216 *      impacted with this flag.
6217 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6218 *      optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6219 *      optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6220 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6221 *      results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6222 *      possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6223 *      possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6224 *      Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6225 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6226 *      request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6227 *      possible.
6228 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6229 *      only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6230 *      added by userspace explicitly.)
6231 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6232 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6233 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6234 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by
6235 *      2.4/5 GHz APs
6236 */
6237enum nl80211_scan_flags {
6238        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY                          = 1<<0,
6239        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH                                 = 1<<1,
6240        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP                                    = 1<<2,
6241        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR                           = 1<<3,
6242        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME                 = 1<<4,
6243        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP               = 1<<5,
6244        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE            = 1<<6,
6245        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION    = 1<<7,
6246        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN                              = 1<<8,
6247        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER                             = 1<<9,
6248        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY                         = 1<<10,
6249        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN                             = 1<<11,
6250        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT                      = 1<<12,
6251        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ                              = 1<<13,
6252        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ                        = 1<<14,
6253};
6254
6255/**
6256 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6257 *
6258 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6259 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6260 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6261 *
6262 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6263 *      listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6264 *      in ACL to authenticate.
6265 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6266 *      in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6267 */
6268enum nl80211_acl_policy {
6269        NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
6270        NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
6271};
6272
6273/**
6274 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6275 *
6276 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6277 *
6278 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6279 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6280 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6281 *      turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6282 */
6283enum nl80211_smps_mode {
6284        NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
6285        NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
6286        NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
6287
6288        __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
6289        NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6290};
6291
6292/**
6293 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6294 *
6295 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6296 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6297 *
6298 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6299 *      now unusable.
6300 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6301 *      the channel is now available.
6302 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6303 *      change to the channel status.
6304 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6305 *      over, channel becomes usable.
6306 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6307 *      non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6308 *      be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6309 *      applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6310 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6311 *      should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6312 */
6313enum nl80211_radar_event {
6314        NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
6315        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
6316        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
6317        NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
6318        NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
6319        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
6320};
6321
6322/**
6323 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6324 *
6325 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6326 *
6327 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6328 *      check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6329 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6330 *      is therefore marked as not available.
6331 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6332 */
6333enum nl80211_dfs_state {
6334        NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
6335        NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
6336        NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
6337};
6338
6339/**
6340 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6341 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6342 *      wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6343 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6344 *      wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6345 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6346 */
6347enum nl80211_protocol_features {
6348        NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =     1 << 0,
6349};
6350
6351/**
6352 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6353 *
6354 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6355 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6356 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6357 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6358 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6359 */
6360enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
6361        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
6362        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
6363        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
6364        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
6365        /* add other protocols before this one */
6366        NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6367};
6368
6369/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6370#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION         5000 /* msec */
6371
6372/**
6373 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6374 *
6375 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6376 *
6377 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6378 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6379 *      the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6380 *      advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6381 *      to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6382 */
6383enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
6384        NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
6385        NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
6386};
6387
6388/*
6389 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6390 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6391 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6392 */
6393#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX      0x80000000
6394
6395/**
6396 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6397 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6398 *      value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6399 *      may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6400 *      added to this file when needed.
6401 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6402 */
6403struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
6404        __u32 vendor_id;
6405        __u32 subcmd;
6406};
6407
6408/**
6409 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6410 *
6411 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6412 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6413 *
6414 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6415 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6416 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6417 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6418 */
6419enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
6420        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
6421        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
6422        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
6423        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
6424};
6425
6426/**
6427 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6428 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6429 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6430 *      seconds (u32).
6431 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6432 *      scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6433 *      because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6434 *      make the scan plan meaningless.
6435 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6436 *      currently defined
6437 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6438 */
6439enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
6440        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
6441        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
6442        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
6443
6444        /* keep last */
6445        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
6446        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
6447                __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
6448};
6449
6450/**
6451 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6452 *
6453 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6454 *      of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6455 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6456 */
6457struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
6458        __u8 band;
6459        __s8 delta;
6460} __attribute__((packed));
6461
6462/**
6463 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
6464 *
6465 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
6466 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
6467 *      is requested.
6468 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
6469 *      selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
6470 *      When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
6471 *      shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
6472 *      this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
6473 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
6474 *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
6475 *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
6476 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
6477 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
6478 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
6479 *
6480 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
6481 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
6482 * which the driver shall use.
6483 */
6484enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
6485        __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
6486        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
6487        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
6488        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
6489
6490        /* keep last */
6491        __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6492        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6493};
6494
6495/**
6496 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
6497 *
6498 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
6499 *
6500 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
6501 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
6502 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
6503 */
6504enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
6505        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
6506        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
6507        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
6508
6509        /* keep last */
6510        __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
6511        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
6512};
6513
6514/**
6515 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
6516 *
6517 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
6518 *
6519 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
6520 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
6521 */
6522enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
6523        NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
6524        NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
6525};
6526
6527/**
6528 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
6529 *
6530 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
6531 *
6532 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
6533 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
6534 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
6535 */
6536enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
6537        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
6538        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
6539        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
6540};
6541
6542#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
6543#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
6544#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
6545
6546/**
6547 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
6548 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
6549 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
6550 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
6551 *      specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
6552 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
6553 *      publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
6554 *      Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
6555 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
6556 *      publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
6557 *      the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
6558 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
6559 *      subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
6560 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
6561 *      The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
6562 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
6563 *      is follow up. This is a u8.
6564 *      The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
6565 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
6566 *      follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
6567 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
6568 *      close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
6569 *      This is a flag.
6570 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
6571 *      stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
6572 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
6573 *      specific info. This is a binary attribute.
6574 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
6575 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
6576 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
6577 *      attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6578 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
6579 *      nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
6580 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
6581 *      Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
6582 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
6583 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
6584 *
6585 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
6586 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
6587 */
6588enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
6589        __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
6590        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
6591        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
6592        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
6593        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
6594        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
6595        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
6596        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
6597        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
6598        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
6599        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
6600        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
6601        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
6602        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
6603        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
6604        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
6605        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
6606
6607        /* keep last */
6608        NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
6609        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
6610};
6611
6612/**
6613 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
6614 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
6615 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
6616 *      This is a flag.
6617 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
6618 *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
6619 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
6620 *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
6621 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
6622 *      and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
6623 *      attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
6624 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
6625 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
6626 */
6627enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
6628        __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
6629        NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
6630        NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
6631        NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
6632        NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
6633
6634        /* keep last */
6635        NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6636        NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6637};
6638
6639/**
6640 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6641 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6642 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6643 *      match. This is a nested attribute.
6644 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6645 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6646 *      that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6647 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6648 *
6649 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6650 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6651 */
6652enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6653        __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6654        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6655        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6656
6657        /* keep last */
6658        NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6659        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6660};
6661
6662/**
6663 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6664 *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6665 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6666 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6667 */
6668enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6669        NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6670        NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6671};
6672
6673/**
6674 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6675 *      responder attributes
6676 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6677 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6678 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6679 *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6680 *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6681 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6682 *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6683 *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6684 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6685 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6686 */
6687enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6688        __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6689
6690        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6691        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6692        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6693
6694        /* keep last */
6695        __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6696        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6697};
6698
6699/*
6700 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6701 *
6702 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6703 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6704 *
6705 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6706 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6707 *      were ssfully answered (u32)
6708 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6709 *      frames were successfully answered (u32)
6710 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6711 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6712 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6713 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6714 *      indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6715 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6716 *      triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6717 *      phase with the responder (u32)
6718 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6719 *      - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6720 *      FTM slot (u32)
6721 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6722 *      scheduled window (u32)
6723 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6724 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6725 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6726 */
6727enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6728        __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6729        NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6730        NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6731        NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6732        NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6733        NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6734        NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6735        NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6736        NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6737        NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6738        NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6739
6740        /* keep last */
6741        __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6742        NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6743};
6744
6745/**
6746 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6747 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6748 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6749 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6750 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6751 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
6752 */
6753enum nl80211_preamble {
6754        NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6755        NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6756        NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6757        NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6758        NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
6759};
6760
6761/**
6762 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6763 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6764 *      these numbers also for attributes
6765 *
6766 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6767 *
6768 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6769 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6770 */
6771enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6772        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6773
6774        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6775
6776        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6777        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6778};
6779
6780/**
6781 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6782 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6783 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6784 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6785 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6786 *      reason may be available in the response data
6787 */
6788enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6789        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6790        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6791        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6792        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6793};
6794
6795/**
6796 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6797 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6798 *
6799 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6800 *      type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6801 *      enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6802 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6803 *      (flag attribute)
6804 *
6805 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6806 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6807 */
6808enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6809        __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6810
6811        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6812        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6813
6814        /* keep last */
6815        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6816        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6817};
6818
6819/**
6820 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6821 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6822 *
6823 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6824 *      type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6825 *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6826 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6827 *      (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6828 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6829 *      result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6830 *      more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6831 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6832 *      doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6833 *      This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6834 *      (u64, usec)
6835 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6836 *      (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6837 *      the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6838 *      result.
6839 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6840 *
6841 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6842 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6843 */
6844enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6845        __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6846
6847        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6848        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6849        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6850        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6851        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6852        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6853
6854        /* keep last */
6855        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6856        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6857};
6858
6859/**
6860 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6861 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6862 *
6863 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6864 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6865 *      attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6866 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6867 *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6868 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6869 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6870 *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6871 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6872 *
6873 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6874 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6875 */
6876enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6877        __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6878
6879        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6880        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6881        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6882        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6883
6884        /* keep last */
6885        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6886        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6887};
6888
6889/**
6890 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6891 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6892 *
6893 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6894 *      advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6895 *      measurements can be done with in a single request
6896 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6897 *      indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6898 *      measurement results
6899 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6900 *      indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6901 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6902 *      this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6903 *      type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6904 *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6905 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6906 *      meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6907 *      sub-attributes taken from
6908 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6909 *
6910 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6911 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6912 */
6913enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6914        __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6915
6916        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6917        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6918        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6919        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6920        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6921
6922        /* keep last */
6923        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6924        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6925};
6926
6927/**
6928 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6929 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6930 *
6931 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6932 *      is supported
6933 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6934 *      mode is supported
6935 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6936 *      data can be requested during the measurement
6937 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6938 *      location data can be requested during the measurement
6939 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6940 *      from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6941 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6942 *      &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6943 *      bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6944 *      configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6945 *      bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6946 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6947 *      the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6948 *      is valid)
6949 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6950 *      the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6951 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
6952 *      trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6953 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
6954 *      if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
6955 *
6956 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6957 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6958 */
6959enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6960        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6961
6962        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6963        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6964        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6965        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6966        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6967        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6968        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6969        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6970        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
6971        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
6972
6973        /* keep last */
6974        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6975        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6976};
6977
6978/**
6979 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6980 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6981 *
6982 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6983 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6984 *      &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6985 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6986 *      802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6987 *      (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6988 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6989 *      of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6990 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6991 *      Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6992 *      default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6993 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6994 *      requested per burst
6995 *      (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6996 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6997 *      (u8, default 3)
6998 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6999 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7000 *      (flag)
7001 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7002 *      measurement (flag).
7003 *      This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7004 *      mutually exclusive.
7005 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7006 *      %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7007 *      ranging will be used.
7008 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based
7009 *      ranging measurement (flag)
7010 *      This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7011 *      mutually exclusive.
7012 *      if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7013 *      %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7014 *      ranging will be used.
7015 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7016 *      valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7017 *      %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7018 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7019 *      responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7020 *      or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7021 *
7022 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7023 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7024 */
7025enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
7026        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7027
7028        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
7029        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
7030        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7031        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
7032        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7033        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7034        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
7035        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
7036        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
7037        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
7038        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
7039        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
7040        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
7041
7042        /* keep last */
7043        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
7044        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
7045};
7046
7047/**
7048 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7049 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7050 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7051 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7052 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7053 *      on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7054 *      try and get no response)
7055 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7056 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7057 *      received
7058 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7059 *      later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7060 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7061 *      by the peer and are no longer supported
7062 */
7063enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
7064        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
7065        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
7066        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
7067        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
7068        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
7069        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
7070        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
7071        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
7072};
7073
7074/**
7075 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7076 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7077 *
7078 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7079 *      (u32, optional)
7080 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7081 *      as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7082 *      the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7083 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7084 *      transmitted (u32, optional)
7085 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7086 *      that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
7087 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7088 *      busy peer (u32, seconds)
7089 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7090 *      used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7091 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7092 *      the responder (similar to request, u8)
7093 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7094 *      by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7095 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7096 *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7097 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7098 *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7099 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7100 *      FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7101 *      attributes)
7102 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7103 *      action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7104 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7105 *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7106 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7107 *      standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7108 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7109 *      optional)
7110 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7111 *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7112 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7113 *      that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7114 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7115 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7116 *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7117 *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7118 *      Type 8.
7119 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7120 *      (binary, optional);
7121 *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7122 *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7123 *      Type 11.
7124 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7125 *
7126 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7127 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7128 */
7129enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
7130        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7131
7132        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
7133        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
7134        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
7135        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
7136        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
7137        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
7138        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
7139        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
7140        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
7141        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
7142        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
7143        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
7144        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
7145        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
7146        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
7147        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
7148        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
7149        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
7150        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7151        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7152        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
7153
7154        /* keep last */
7155        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
7156        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
7157};
7158
7159/**
7160 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7161 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7162 *
7163 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7164 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7165 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7166 *      tx power offset.
7167 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7168 *      values used by members of the SRG.
7169 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7170 *      BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7171 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7172 *
7173 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7174 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7175 */
7176enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
7177        __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
7178
7179        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
7180        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
7181        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
7182        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
7183        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
7184        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
7185
7186        /* keep last */
7187        __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
7188        NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7189};
7190
7191/**
7192 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7193 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7194 *
7195 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7196 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7197 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7198 *
7199 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7200 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7201 */
7202enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
7203        __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
7204
7205        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
7206        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
7207        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
7208
7209        /* keep last */
7210        __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
7211        NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7212};
7213
7214/**
7215 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7216 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7217 *
7218 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7219 *      attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7220 *      %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7221 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7222 *      AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7223 *
7224 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7225 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7226 */
7227enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
7228        __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
7229
7230        NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
7231        NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
7232
7233        /* keep last */
7234        __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
7235        NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7236};
7237
7238/**
7239 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7240 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7241 *
7242 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7243 *
7244 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7245 *      Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7246 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7247 *      Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7248 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7249 *      frame including the headers.
7250 *
7251 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7252 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7253 */
7254enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
7255        __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
7256
7257        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
7258        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
7259        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
7260
7261        /* keep last */
7262        __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
7263        NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
7264};
7265
7266/*
7267 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7268 * mandatory fields.
7269 */
7270#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7271
7272/**
7273 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7274 *      response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7275 *
7276 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7277 *
7278 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7279 *      Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7280 *      26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning).
7281 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7282 *      frame template (binary).
7283 *
7284 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7285 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7286 */
7287enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
7288        __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7289
7290        NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
7291        NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
7292
7293        /* keep last */
7294        __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7295        NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
7296                __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
7297};
7298
7299/**
7300 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7301 *      derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7302 *      used.
7303 *
7304 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7305 *      attribute is not present from userspace.
7306 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7307 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7308 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7309 *      can be used.
7310 */
7311enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
7312        NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
7313        NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
7314        NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
7315        NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
7316};
7317
7318/**
7319 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7320 *
7321 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7322 *
7323 */
7324enum nl80211_sar_type {
7325        NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
7326
7327        /* add new type here */
7328
7329        /* Keep last */
7330        NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
7331};
7332
7333/**
7334 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7335 *
7336 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7337 *
7338 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7339 *      limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7340 *      of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7341 *
7342 *      For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7343 *      and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7344 *
7345 *      For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7346 *      %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7347 *      and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7348 *
7349 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7350 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7351 *
7352 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7353 */
7354enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
7355        __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
7356
7357        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
7358        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
7359
7360        __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
7361        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7362};
7363
7364/**
7365 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7366 *
7367 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7368 *      power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7369 *      NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7370 *      0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7371 *
7372 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7373 *      index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7374 *      is applied to this range.
7375 *
7376 *      Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7377 *      and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7378 *      have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7379 *      %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7380 *      value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7381 *      limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7382 *      It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7383 *
7384 *      Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7385 *
7386 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7387 *      frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7388 *      It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7389 *
7390 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7391 *      frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7392 *      It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7393 *
7394 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7395 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7396 */
7397enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
7398        __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
7399
7400        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
7401        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
7402        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
7403        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
7404
7405        __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
7406        NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
7407};
7408
7409/**
7410 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7411 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7412 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7413 * MBSSID and EMA.
7414 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7415 * features.
7416 *
7417 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7418 *
7419 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7420 *      the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7421 *      Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7422 *      wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7423 *
7424 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7425 *      to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7426 *      if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7427 *      by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7428 *      a non-zero value.
7429 *
7430 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7431 *      this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7432 *      Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7433 *      all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7434 *      for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7435 *      Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7436 *
7437 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7438 *      a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7439 *      the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7440 *      indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7441 *      is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7442 *      the interface index of the same.
7443 *
7444 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7445 *      Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7446 *      by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7447 *
7448 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7449 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7450 */
7451enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
7452        __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
7453
7454        NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
7455        NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
7456        NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
7457        NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
7458        NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
7459
7460        /* keep last */
7461        __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
7462        NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7463};
7464
7465#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
7466